CENTRAL ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY (MEASURES
RELATING TO SAFETY AND ELECTRIC SUPPLY) REGULATIONS, 2010
PREAMBLE
In
exercise of the powers conferred by section 177 of the Electricity Act, 2003
(36 of 2003), the Central Electricity Authority hereby makes the following
regulations for Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply, namely:-?? ?
CHAPTER I
Regulation 1. Short title and Commencement.--
(1)
These regulations may be called the
Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Regulations, 2010.
(2)
They shall come into force on the date of
their final publication in the Official Gazette.???
Regulation 2. Definitions.--
(1)
In these regulations, unless the context
otherwise requires,
(a)
"Act" means the Electricity
Act, 2003;
(b)
"accessible" means within
physical reach without the use of any appliance or special effort;
(c)
"ampere" means a unit of
electric current and is a constant current which, flowing in two parallel
straight conductors of infinite length of negligible cross section and placed
at a distance of one meter apart in a vacuum will produce a force of 2x10-7
Newton per meter length between the conductors;
(d)
"apparatus "means electrical
apparatus and includes all machines, fittings, accessories and appliances in
which conductors are used;
(e)
"bare" means not covered with
insulating materials;
(f)
"cable" means a length of
insulated single conductor (solid or stranded) or of two or more such
conductors each provided with its own insulation, which are laid up together.
Such insulated conductor or conductors may or may not be provided with an
overall mechanical protective covering;
[1] [(fa) "Chartered Electrical Safety
Engineer" means a person authorised by the Appropriate Government as
refered to in regulation 5A;]
(g)
"circuit" means an arrangement
of conductor or conductors for the purpose of conveying electricity and forming
a system or a branch of a system;
(h)
"circuit breaker" means a device,
capable of making and breaking the circuit under all conditions, and unless
otherwise specified, so designed as to -break the current automatically under
abnormal conditions;
(i)
"concentric cable" means a
composite cable comprising an inner conductor which is insulated and one or
more outer conductors which are insulated from one another and are disposed
over the insulation of, and more or less around, the inner conductor;
(j)
"conductor" means any wire,
cable, bar, tube, rail or plate used for conducting electricity and so arranged
as to be electrically connected to a system;
(k)
"conduit" means rigid or
flexible metallic tubing or mechanically strong and fire resisting non-metallic
tubing into which a cable or cables may be drawn for the purpose of affording
it or them mechanical protection;
(l)
"connected load" means the sum
of the ratings of the electricity consuming apparatus connected to a consumer's
installation;
(m)
"covered with insulating
material" means adequately covered with insulating material of such quality
and thickness as to prevent danger;
(n)
"cut out" means any appliance
for automatically interrupting the transmission of electricity through the
conductor when the current rises above a pre-determined amount, and shall also
include fusible cut-out;
(o)
"danger" means danger to health
or danger to life or any part of body from shock, burn or other injury to
persons, or property, or from fire or explosion, attendant upon the generation,
transmission, transformation, conversion, distribution or use of electricity;
(p)
"dead" means at or about earth
potential and disconnected from any live system. It is used only with reference
to current carrying parts when these parts are not live.
(q)
"designated person" means a
person designated under regulation 3;
(r)
"earthed" or "connected
with earth" means connected with the general mass of earth in such manner
as to ensure at all times an immediate discharge of electricity without danger;
(s)
"earthing system" means an
electrical system in which all the conductors and appliances are earthed;
[2] [(sa) "Electrical Inspector of Mines"
means a person appointed as such by the Appropriate Government under subsection
(1) of section 162 for the purpose of electrical installations of mines and oil
fields;]
(t)
"enclosed sub-station" means
any premises or enclosure or part thereof, being large enough to admit the
entrance of a person after the apparatus therein is in position, containing
apparatus for transforming or converting electricity to or from a voltage at or
exceeding 650 V (other than transforming or converting solely for the operation
of switch gear or instruments) with or without any other apparatus for
switching, controlling or otherwise regulating the electricity, and includes
the apparatus therein;
(u)
"enclosed switch-station" means
any premises or enclosure or part thereof, being large enough to admit the
entrance of a person after the apparatus therein is in position, containing
apparatus for switching, controlling or otherwise regulating electricity at or
exceeding 650 V but not for transforming or converting electricity(other than
for transforming or converting solely for the operation of switchgear or
instruments)and includes the apparatus therein,
(v)
[3]"flameproof enclosure" means an enclosure
in which the parts which can ignite an explosive atmosphere are placed and
which can withstand the pressure developed during an internal explosion of an
explosive mixture and which prevents the transmission of explosion to the
explosive atmosphere surrounding the enclosure;]
(w)
"flexible cable" means a cable
consisting of one or more cores each formed of a group of wires, the diameter
and the physical properties of the wires and insulating material being such as
to afford flexibility.
(x)
"guarded" means covered,
shielded, fenced or otherwise protected by means of suitable casings, barrier,
rails or metal screens to remove the possibility of dangerous contact or
approach by persons or objects to a point of danger;
(y)
"hand-held portable apparatus"
means an apparatus which is so designed as to be capable of being held in the
hands and moved while connected to a supply of electricity;
(z)
"High Voltage Direct Current
(HVDC)" means Direct Current (DC) voltage above 100000 Volts used for transmission
of power.
(za) ?"inspector
of mines" means an Inspector appointed under the Mines Act, 1952(35 of
1952);
[4] [(zaa) "Inspecting Officer" means officer
responsible for carrying out the testing and inspection of electrical
installations under these regulations;]
(zb) "installation" means any composite
electrical unit used for the purpose of generating, transforming, transmitting,
converting, distributing or utilizing electricity;
[5] [(zc) "intrinsically safe circuit" shall
denote any circuit operating under its normal operation and specified fault
condition as specified in the Bureau of Indian Standards, which when exposed to
any spark, ignition, or any thermal effect whilst operating under the above
said conditions, is not capable of causing ignition of a given explosive gas
atmosphere;
(zca)
"intrinsically safe apparatus" shall denote electrical apparatus in
which all the circuits are intrinsically safe circuits;]
(zd) "increased safety type 'e'" means a
method of protection by which additional measures are applied so as to give
increased security against the possibility of excessive temperatures and of
occurrence of arcs and sparks in apparatus which does not produce arcs or sparks
in normal service;
(ze) "lightning arrestor" means a device
which has the property of diverting to earth any electrical surge of
excessively high amplitude applied to its terminals and is capable of
interrupting flow current if present and restoring itself thereafter to its
original operating conditions;
(zf) "linked switch" means a switch with
all the poles mechanically linked so as to operate simultaneously;
(zg) ?"live"
means electrically charged;
(zh) ?"metallic covering" means
mechanically strong metal covering surrounding one or more conductors;
(zi) ?"meter"
means a device suitable for measuring, indicating and recording consumption of
electricity or any other quantity related with electrical system and shall
include, wherever applicable, other equipment such as Current Transformer (CT),
Voltage Transformer (VT) or Capacitor Voltage Transformer (CVT) with necessary
wiring and accessories;
(zj) ?"mine"
has the same meaning as defined in the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of 1952);
(zk) ?"neutral
conductor" means that conductor of a multi-wire system, the voltage of
which is normally intermediate between the voltages of the other conductors of
the system and shall also include return wire of the single phase system;
[6] [(zka) "notified voltage" means a voltage
notified by the Appropriate Government under intimation to the Authority for
the purpose of specifying the voltage level upto which self-certification is to
be carried out under regulation 30 and regulation 43;]
(zl) ?"occupier"
means the owner or person in occupation of the premises where electricity is
used or proposed to be used;
(zm) "ohm" means a unit of electrical
resistance and is the electrical resistance between two points of a conductor
when a constant potential difference of one volt, applied to these points
produces a current of one ampere in the conductor, provided no electromotive
force is generated in the conductor;
(zn) "open sparking" means sparking which
owing to the lack of adequate provisions for preventing the ignition of
inflammable gas external to the apparatus would ignite such inflammable gas;
(zo) "overhead line" means any electric
supply line which is placed above ground and in the open air but excluding live
rails of a traction system;
(zp) "owner" means the company or body
corporate or association or body of individuals, whether incorporated or not or
artificial juridical person which owns or operates or maintains Electric Plants
and Lines;
(zq) "owner", "agent" and
"manager" of a mine have the same meanings as are assigned to them in
the Mines Act, 1952(35 of 1952);
(zr) "poles" means the phase terminals of a
Switch.
(zs) "portable apparatus" means an
apparatus which is so designed as to be capable of being moved while in
operation;
(zt) "portable hand lamp" means a portable
light-fitting provided with suitable handle, guard and flexible cord connected
to a plug;
(zu) "Schedule" means a schedule to these
regulations.
(zw) "section" means a Section of the Act;
(zv) "span" means the horizontal distance
between two adjacent supporting points of an overhead conductor;
(zw) "street box" means a totally enclosed
structure, either above or below ground containing apparatus for transforming,
switching, controlling or otherwise regulating electricity;
[7] [(zwa) "self-certification" means a
certificate issued by a supplier or the owner in the prescribed format as
required under regulation 30 and regulation 43;]
(zx) "supplier" means any generating
company or licensee from whose system electricity flows into the system of
another generating company or licensee or consumer;
(zy) "switch" means a manually operated
device for opening and closing or for changing the connection of a circuit;
(zz) "switchboard" means an assembly
including the switchgear for the control of electrical circuits, electric
connections and the supporting frame;
(zza) "switchgear" shall denote switches,
circuit breakers, cut-outs and other apparatus used for the operation,
regulation and control of circuits;
(zzb) "system" means an electrical system
in which all the conductors and apparatus are electrically connected to a
common source of electric supply;
(zzc) "transportable apparatus" means
apparatus which is operated in a fixed position but which is so designed as to
be capable of being moved readily from one place to another;
(zzd) "volt" means a unit of potential
difference of electro-motive force and is the difference of electric potential
which exists between two points of a conductor carrying a constant current of
one ampere, when the power dissipated between these points is one watt;
(zze) "voltage" means the difference of
electric potential measured in Volts between any two conductors or between any
part of either conductor and the earth as measured by a voltmeter meeting
Indian Standards;
(zzf) "watt" is a unit of active power and
"MW" means megawatt and is equal to 106 watts.
(2)
Words and expressions used and not
defined in these regulations but defined in the Act shall have the meanings
respectively assigned to them in the Act.???
CHAPTER II
Regulation 3. Designating person(s) to operate and carry out the work on electrical lines and apparatus.--
(1)
A supplier or a consumer, or the owner,
agent or manager of a mine, or the agent of any company operating in an
oil-field or the owner of a drilled well in an oil field or a contractor who
has entered into a contract with a supplier or a consumer to carry out duties
incidental to the generation, transformation, transmission, conversion,
distribution or use of electricity shall designate persons for the purpose to
operate and carry out the work on electrical lines and apparatus.
(2)
The supplier or consumer, or the owner,
agent or manager of a mine, or the agent of any company operating in an
oil-field or the owner of a drilled well in an oil field or a contractor
referred to on sub-regulation (1) shall maintain a register wherein the names
of the designated persons and the purpose for which they are engaged, shall be
entered.
(3)
No person shall be designated under
sub-regulation (1) unless,-
(i)
he possesses a certificate of competency
or electrical work permit, issued by the Appropriate Government.
(ii)
his name is entered in the register
referred to in sub-relgulation (2).? ??
Regulation 4. Inspection of designated officers and other safety measures.--
(1)
The register maintained under
sub-regulation (2) of regulation 3 shall be produced before the Electrical
Inspector when required by him.
(2)
If on inspection, the Electrical
Inspector finds that the designated person does not fulfill the required
qualification, he shall recommend the removal of the name of such persons from
the register.???
Regulation [8][5. Electrical Safety Officer.--
(1)
All suppliers of electricity including
generating companies, transmission companies and distribution companies shall
designate an Electrical Safety Officer for ensuring observance of safety
measures specified under these regulations in their organisation, for
construction, operation and maintenance of power stations, sub-stations,
transmission and distribution lines.
(2)
[9]The Electrical Safety Officer shall possess a degree
in Electrical Engineering with at least five years experience in operation and
maintenance of electrical installation or a diploma in Electrical Engineering
with at least ten years experience in operation and maintenance of electrical
installations.]
(3)
The Electrical Safety Officer designated
under sub-regulation (1), shall carryout periodic tests as per the relevant
standards and inspection of such installations for ensuring observance of
safety measures specified under these regulations at intervals not exceeding
one year, and keep a record thereof in Form I or Form II or Form III, as the
case may be, of Schedule IV and test reports, and also keep a register of
recommended safety requirements duly acknowledged by the owner with date and
compliances thereafter; and such records shall be made available to the
Electrical Inspector, as and when required.
(4)
For every electrical installation
including factory registered under the Factories Act, 1948 (63 of 1948) and
mines and oil field as defined in the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of 1952), where more
than 250 kW of electrical load is connected, the owner of the installation or
the management of the factory or mines, as the case may be, shall designate
Electrical Safety Officer having qualification and experience specified in
sub-regulation (2), for ensuring the observance of the safety provisions laid
under the Act and the regulations made thereunder, who shall carryout
recommended periodic tests as per the relevant standards, and inspect such
installation at intervals not exceeding one year, and keep a record thereof in
Form I or Form II or Form III, as the case may be, of Schedule IV to these
regulations; test reports and a register of recommendations in regard with safety
duly acknowledged by owner; compliances made thereafter; and such records shall
be made available to the Electrical Inspector, as and when required.]???
Regulation [10][5A. Chartered Electrical Safety Engineer.--
(1)
The Appropriate Government shall
authorise Chartered Electrical Safety Engineer from amongst persons having the
qualification and experience as specified by the Authority under sub-regulation
(3) to assist the owner or supplier or consumer of electrical installations for
the purpose of self-certification under regulation 30 and regulation 43.
(2)
The Appropriate Government shall upload
the name of the Chartered Electrical Safety Engineer, as soon as any person is
authorised as Chartered Electrical Safety Engineer, on the web portal of the
Government or Department dealing with matters of inspection of electrical
installations for the information of the owner or supplier or consumer.
(3)
The Central Electricity Authority shall,
within a period of six months, frame and publish the guidelines including the
eligibility conditions for the purpose of authorising the Chartered Electrical
Safety Engineer.]???
Regulation 6. Safety measures for operation and maintenance of electric plants.--
(1)
Engineers and supervisors appointed to
operate or undertake maintenance of any part or whole of a thermal power
generating station and a hydro power plant together with the associated
sub-station shall hold diploma in Engineering from a recognized institute, or a
degree in Engineering from a university.
(2)
The Technicians to assist engineers or
supervisors shall possess a certificate in appropriate trade, preferably with a
two years course from a Industrial Training Institute recognized by the Central
Government or the State Government.
(3)
Engineers, supervisors and Technicians
engaged for operation and maintenance of electric plants should have
successfully undergone the type of training as specified in Schedule-I.
Provided
that the existing employees shall have to undergo the training mentioned in
sub-regulation (1) within three years from the date of coming into force of
these regulations.
(4)
The owner of every thermal power
generating station and hydro power plant together with their associated
sub-station shall arrange for training of personnel engaged in the operation
and maintenance of his generating station along with associated sub-station in
his own institute or any other institute recognized by the Central Government
or the State Government.
Provided
that separate training shall be given to the persons engaged in operation and
maintenance of thermal power stations and hydro power stations including
associated sub-stations.???
Regulation 7. Safety measures for operation and maintenance of transmission, distribution systems.--
(1)
Engineers or supervisors engaged in
operation and maintenance of transmission and distribution systems shall hold
diploma in electrical, mechanical, electronics and instrumentation Engineering
from a recognized institute or university.
(2)
The Technicians to assist engineers or
supervisors shall possess a certificate in appropriate trade, preferably with a
two years course from a Industrial Training Institute recognized by the Central
Government or State Government.
(3)
Engineers, supervisors and Technicians
engaged for operation and maintenance of transmission and distribution systems
electric plants should have successfully undergone the type of training as
specified in Schedule-II.
Provided
that the existing employees shall have to undergo the training mentioned in
sub-regulation (1) within three years from the date of coming into force of
these regulations.
(4)
Owner of every transmission or
distribution system shall arrange for training of their personnel engaged in
the operation and maintenance of transmission and distribution system in his
own institute or any other institute recognized by the Central Government or
State Government.???
Regulation 8. Keeping of records and inspection thereof.--
(1)
The generating company or licensee shall
maintain records of the maps, plans and sections relating to supply or
transmission of electricity and submit the same to the Electrical Inspector for
inspection as and when required by him.
(2)
The Electrical Inspector shall supply a
copy of the report of inspection referred to in sub-regulation (1), to the
generating company or licensee, as the case may be.???
Regulation 9. Deposit of maps.--
When a
license has been granted, two sets of maps showing, as regards such licensee,
the particulars specified in application for license shall be signed and dated
to correspond with the date of notification of the grant of the license by an
officer designated by the Appropriate Commission in this behalf, one set of such
maps shall be retained by the said officer and the other one shall be furnished
to the licensee.???
Regulation 10. Deposit of printed copies.--
(1)
Every person who is granted a license,
shall, within thirty days of the grant thereof, have copies of the license and
maps, showing the area of supply as specified in the license to Exhibit I same
for public inspection at all reasonable times at his head office, his local
offices, if any, and at the office of every local authority within the area of
supply.
(2)
Every such licensee shall, within the
aforesaid period of thirty days, supply free of charge one copy of the license
along with the relevant maps to every local authority within the area of supply
and shall also make necessary arrangement for the sale of printed copies of the
license and maps to all persons applying for the same, at a price to be
notified by the Appropriate Government from time to time.???
Regulation 11. Plan for area of supply to be made and kept open for inspection.--
(1)
The licensee shall, after commencing to
supply electricity, forthwith cause a plan, to be made in electronic form, of
the area of supply, and shall cause to be marked thereon the alignment and in
the case of underground works, the approximate depth below the surface of all
the existing electric supply lines, street distributing boxes and other works,
and shall once in every year cause that plan to be duly corrected so as to show
the electric supply lines, street distributing boxes and other works for the
time being in position and shall also, if so required by an Electrical
Inspector, cause to be made sections showing the approximate level of all his
existing underground works other than service lines.
(2)
Every plan shall be drawn to such
horizontal and vertical scale as the Appropriate Commission may require.
Provided
that no scale shall be required unless maps of the locality on that scale are
for the time being available to the public.
(3)
Every plan and section so made or
corrected, or a copy thereof, marked with the date when it was made or
corrected, shall be kept by the licensee at his principal office or place of
business within the area of supply, and shall at all reasonable times be open
to the inspection of all applicants, and copies thereof shall be supplied.
Provided
that existing and old plans and sections and underground distribution network
shall be converted to electronic form within three years from the date of
commencement of these regulations.
(4)
Global Positioning System (GPS) mapping
or mapping through any other latest technology, of existing and old plans and
sections shall be completed within five years from the date of commencement of
these regulations and new plans and sections shall be compatible to the Global
Positioning System mapping or mapping through any other latest technology.
(5)
The licensee shall, if required by an
Electrical Inspector, and, where the licensee is not a local authority, by the
local authority, if any, concerned, supply free of charge to such Electrical
Inspector or local authority a duplicate copy of every such plan or section or
a part of the same duly corrected.
(6)
The copies of plans and sections under
this regulation shall be supplied by the licensee to every applicant on the
payment of such fee as the Appropriate Commission may, by regulation, specify.???
"5.
Electrical Safety Officer.--
(1)
All suppliers of electricity including
generating companies, transmission companies and distribution companies shall
designate an Electrical Safety Officer for ensuring observance of safety
measures specified under these regulations in their organisation for
construction, operation and maintenance of power stations, sub-stations,
transmission and distribution lines.
(2)
The. Electrical Safety Officer shall be
an Electrical Engineering degree holder with at least ten years of experience
in operation and maintenance of electricity plants or an Electrical Engineering
Diploma holder with at least fifteen years of experience in operation and
maintenance of electric plant.
(3)
The Electrical Safety Officer designated
under sub-regulation (1), shall ensure periodic inspection of such
installations, get them tested and keep a record thereof and such records shall
be made available to the Electrical Inspector if and when required.
(4)
For every factory registered under
Factory Act, 1948, where more than 250 kW of electrical load is connected, the
management of the factory shall designate a person having qualification
specified in sub-regulation (2), for ensuring the observance of the safety
provisions laid under the Act and the regulations made thereunder, who shall
periodically inspect such installation, get them tested and keep a record
thereof and such records shall be made available to the Electrical Inspector if
and when required."
"[11] [5A. Chartered Electrical Safety
Engineer.--
The
Appropriate Government may authorise Electrical Safety Engineers having the
qualification and experience as specified in sub-regulation (2) of regulation 5
to assist the owner or supplier or consumer of electrical installations for the
purpose of self-certification under regulation 30 and regulation 43.]"
CHAPTER III
General safety requirements
Regulation 12. General safety requirements pertaining to construction, installation, protection, operation and maintenance of electric supply lines and apparatus.--
(1)
All electric supply lines and apparatus
shall be of sufficient rating for power, insulation and estimated fault current
and of sufficient mechanical strength, for the duty cycle which they may be
required to perform under the environmental conditions of installation, and
shall be constructed, installed, protected, worked and maintained in such a
manner as to ensure safety of human beings, animals and property.
(2)
Save as otherwise provided in these
regulations, the relevant code of practice of the Bureau of Indian Standards or
National Electrical Code, if any, may be followed to carry out the purposes of
this regulation and in the event of any inconsistency, the provisions of these
regulaions shall prevail.
(3)
The material and apparatus used shall
conform to the relevant specifications of the Bureau of Indian Standards or
International Elelctro-Technical Commission where such specifications have
already been laid down.
(4)
All electrical equipment shall be
installed above the Mean Sea Level (MSL) as declared by local Municiple
Authorities and where such equipment is to be installed in the basement,
consumer shall ensure that the design of the basement should be such that there
is no seapage or leakage or logging of water in the basement.???
Regulation 13. Service lines and apparatus on consumer's premises.--
(1)
The supplier shall ensure that all
electric supply lines, wires, fittings and apparatus belonging to him or under
his control, which are on a consumer's premises, are in a safe-condition and in
all respects fit for supplying electricity and the supplier shall take
precautions to avoid danger arising on such premises from such supply lines,
wires, fittings and apparatus.
(2)
Service lines placed by the supplier on
the premises of a consumer which are underground or which are accessible shall
be so insulated and protected by the supplier as to be secured under all
ordinary conditions against electrical, mechanical, chemical or other injury to
the insulation.
(3)
The consumer shall, as far as
circumstances permit, take precautions for the safe custody of the equipment on
his premises belonging to the supplier.
(4)
The consumer shall also ensure that the
installation under his control is maintained in a safe condition.???
Regulation 14. Switchgear on consumer's premises.--
(1)
The supplier shall provide a suitable
switchgear in each conductor of every service line other than an earthed or
earthed neutral conductor or the earthed external conductor of a concentric
cable within a consumer's premises, in an accessible position and such
switchgear shall be contained within an adequately enclosed fireproof
receptacle:
Provided
that where more than one consumer is supplied through a common service line,
each such consumer shall be provided with an independent switchgear at the
point of rigid junction to the common service.
(2)
Every electric supply line other than the
earthed or earthed neutral conductor of any system or the earthed external
conductor of a concentric cable shall be protected by a suitable switchgear by
its owner.???
Regulation 15. Identification of earthed and earthed neutral conductors and position of switches and switchgear therein.--
Where
the conductors include an earthed conductor of a two-wire system or an earthed
neutral conductor of a multi-wire system or a conductor which is to be
connected thereto, the following conditions shall be complied with:-
(i)
an indication of a permanent nature shall
be provided by the owner of the earthed or earthed neutral conductor, or the
conductor which is to be connected thereto, to enable such conductor to be
distinguished from any live conductor and such indication shall be provided-
(a)
where the earthed or earthed neutral
conductor is the property of the supplier, at or near the point of commencement
of supply;
(b)
where a conductor forming part of a
consumer's system is to be connected to the supplier's earthed or earthed
neutral conductor, at the point where such connection is to be made;
(c)
in all other cases, at a point
corresponding to the point of commencement of supply or at such other points as
may be approved by an Electrical Inspector.
(ii)
no cut-out, link or switch other than a
linked switch arranged to operate simultaneously on the earthed or earthed
neutral conductor and live conductors shall be inserted or remain inserted in
any earthed or earthed neutral conductor of a two wire-system or in any earthed
or earthed neutral conductor of a multi-wire system or in any conductor
connected thereto.
Provided
that the above requirement shall not apply in case of-
(a)
a link for testing purposes, or
(b)
a switch for use in controlling a
generator or transformer.???
Regulation 16. Earthed terminal on consumer's premises.--
(1)
The supplier shall provide and maintain
on the consumer's premises for the consumer's use, a suitable earthed terminal
in an accessible position at or near the point of commencement of supply.
Provided
that in the case of installation of voltage exceeding 250 V the consumer shall,
in addition to the aforementioned earthing arrangement, provide his own
earthing system with an independent electrode.
Provided
further that the supplier may not provide any earthed terminal in the case of
installations already connected to his system on or before the date to be
specified by the State Government in this behalf if he is satisfied that the
consumer's earthing arrangement is efficient.
(2)
The consumer shall take all reasonable
precautions to prevent mechanical damage to the earthed terminal and its lead
belonging to the supplier.
(3)
The supplier may recover from the
consumer the cost of installation on the basis of schedule of charges published
by him in advance and where such schedule of charges is not published, the
procedure laid down, in regulation 63 shall apply.
Explanation.-
For the purposes of sub-regulation (1), the expression "point of
commencement of supply of electricity" shall mean the point at the
incoming terminal of the switchgear installed by the consumer.???
Regulation 17. Accessibility of bare conductors.--
Where
bare conductors are used in a building, the owner of such conductors shall,-
(a)
ensure that they are inaccessible;
(b)
provide in readily accessible position
switches for rendering them dead whenever necessary; and
(c)
take such other safety measures as are specified
in the relevant Indian Standards.???
Regulation 18. Danger Notices.--
The owner
of every installation of voltage exceeding 250 V shall affix permanently in a
conspicious position a danger notice in Hindi or English and the local language
of the District, with a sign of skull and bones of a design as per IS-2551 on-
(a)
every motor, generator, transformer and
other electrical plant and equipment together with apparatus used for
controlling or regulating the same;
(b)
all supports of overhead lines of voltage
exceeding 650 V which can be easily climbed upon without the aid of ladder or
special appliances;
(c)
luminous tube sign requiring supply,
X-ray and similar high frequency installations of voltage exceeding 650 V but
not exceeding 33 kV:
Provided
that where it is not possible to affix such notices on any generator, motor,
transformer or other apparatus, they shall be affixed as near as possible
thereto, or the word 'danger' and the voltage of the apparatus concerned shall
be permanently painted on it:
Provided
further that where the generator, motor, transformer or other apparatus is
within an enclosure one notice affixed to the said enclosure shall be
sufficient for the purposes of this regulation.
Explanation-
For the purpose of clause (b) rails, tubular poles, wooden supports, reinforced
cement concrete poles without steps, I-sections and channels, shall be deemed
as supports which cannot be easily climbed upon.
Regulation 19. Handling of electric supply lines and apparatus.--
(1)
Before any conductor or apparatus is
handled, adequate precautions shall be taken, by earthing or other suitable
means, to discharge electrically such conductor or apparatus, and any adjacent
conductor or apparatus if there is danger therefrom, and to prevent any
conductor or apparatus from being accidentally or inadvertently electrically
charged when persons are working thereon.
(2)
Every person who is working on an
electric supply line or apparatus or both shall be provided with tools and
devices such as gloves, rubber shoes, safety belts, ladders, earthing devices,
helmets, line testers, hand lines and the like for protecting him from
mechanical and electrical injury and such tools and devices shall always be
maintained in sound and efficient working condition.
(3)
No person shall work on any live electric
supply line or apparatus and no person shall assist such person on such work,
unless he is designated in that behalf, and takes the safety precautions given
in Schedule-III.
(4)
Every telecommunication line on supports
carrying a line of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV shall, for
the purpose of working thereon, be deemed to be a line of voltage exceeding 650
V.
(5)
All non-current carrying metal parts of
switchgear and control panels shall be properly earthed and insulating floors
or mat conforming to IS-15652: 2006, of appropriate voltage level shall be provided
in front of the panels for the safety of operating personnel.
(6)
All panels shall be painted with the
description of its identification at front and at the rear.???
Regulation 20. Supply to vehicles and cranes.--
Every
person owning a vehicle, travelling crane, or the like to which electricity is
supplied from an external source shall ensure that it is efficiently controlled
by a suitable switch enabling all voltage to be cut off in one operation and,
where such vehicle, travelling crane or the like runs on metal rails, the owner
shall ensure that the rails are electrically continuous and earthed.???
Regulation 21. Cables for portable or transportable apparatus.--
(1)
Flexible cables shall not be used for
portable or transportable motors, generators, transformers, rectifiers,
electric drills, electric sprayers, welding sets or any other portable or
transportable apparatus unless they are heavily insulated and adequately
protected from mechanical injury.
(2)
Where the protection is by means of
metallic covering, the covering shall be in metallic connection with the frame
of any such apparatus and earthed.
(3)
The cables shall be three core type and
four core type for portable and transportable apparatus working on single phase
and three phase supply respectively and the wire meant to be used for ground
connection shall be easily identifiable.???
Regulation 22. Cables protected by bituminous materials.--
(1)
Where the supplier or the owner has
brought into use an electric supply line, other than an overhead line, which is
not completely enclosed in a continuous metallic covering connected with earth
and is insulated or protected in situ by composition or material of a
bituminous character,-
(i)
any pipe, conduit, or the like into which
such electric supply line may have been drawn or placed shall, unless other
arrangements are approved by the Electrical Inspector in any particular case,
be effectively sealed at its point of entry into any street box so as to
prevent any flow of gas to or from the street box, and;
(ii)
such electric supply line shall be
periodically inspected and tested where accessible, and the result of each such
inspection and test shall be duly recorded by the supplier or the owner.
(2)
The supplier or the owner after the
coming into force of these regulations, shall not bring into use any further
electric supply line as aforesaid which is insulated or protected in situ by
any composition or material known to be liable to produce noxious or explosive
gases on excessive heating???
Regulation 23. Street boxes.--
(1)
Street boxes shall not contain gas pipes,
and precautions shall be taken to prevent, as far as reasonably possible, any
influx of water or gas.
(2)
Where electric supply lines forming part
of different systems pass through the same street box, they shall be readily
distinguishable from one another and all electric supply lines of voltage
exceeding 650 V at or in street boxes shall be adequately supported and
protected so as to prevent risk of damage to or danger from adjacent electric
supply lines.
(3)
All street boxes shall be regularly
inspected for the purpose of detecting the presence of gas and if any influx or
accumulation is discovered, the owner shall give immediate notice to any
authority or company who have gas mains in the neighbourhood of the street box and
in cases where a street box is large enough to admit the entrance of a person
after the electric supply lines or apparatus therein have been placed in
position, ample provision shall be made-
(i)
to ensure that any gas which may by
accident have obtained access to the box shall escape before a person is
allowed to enter; and
(ii)
for the prevention of danger from
sparking.
(4)
The owners of all street boxes or pillars
containing circuits or apparatus shall ensure that their covers and doors are
kept closed and locked and are so provided that they can be opened only by
means of a key or a special appliance.???
Regulation 24. Distinction of different circuits.--
The
owner of every generating station, substation, junction-box or pillar in which
there are any circuits or apparatus, whether intended for operation at
different voltages or at the same voltage, shall ensure by means of indication
of a permanent nature that the respective circuits are readily distinguishable
from one another.???
Regulation 25. Distinction of the installations having more than one feed.--
The
owner of every installation including sub-station, double pole structure, four
pole structure or any other structure having more than one feed, shall ensure
by means of indication of a permanent nature, that the installation is readily
distinguishable from other installations.???
Regulation 26. Accidental charging.--
(1)
The owners of all circuits and apparatus
shall so arrange them that there shall be no danger of any part thereof
becoming accidentally charged to any voltage beyond the limits of voltage for
which they are intended.
(2)
Where alternating current and direct
current circuits are installed on the same box or support, they shall be so
arranged and protected that they shall not come into contact with each other
when live.???
Regulation 27. Provisions applicable to protective equipment.--
(1)
Fire buckets filled with clean dry sand
and ready for immediate use for extinguishing fires, in addition to fire
extinguishers suitable for dealing with fires, shall be conspicuously marked
and kept in all generating stations, enclosed sub-stations and
switching-stations in convenient location.
(2)
The fire extinguishers shall be tested
for satisfactory operation as per relevant Indian Standard at least once a year
and record of such tests shall be maintained.
(3)
First-aid boxes or cupboards conspicuously
marked and equipped with such contents as the State Government may specify,
shall be provided and maintained in every generating station, enclosed
sub-station, enclosed switching station and in vehicles used for maintenance
'of lines so as to be readily accessible during all working hours and all such
boxes and cupboards shall, except in the case of unattended sub-stations and
switching stations, be kept in charge of responsible persons who are trained in
first-aid treatment and one of such persons shall be available during working
hours.
(4)
Two or more gas masks shall be provided
conspicuously and installed and maintained at accessible places in every
generating station with capacity of 5 MW and above and enclosed sub-station
with transformation capacity of 5 MVA and above for use in the event of fire or
smoke:
Provided
that where more than one generator with capacity of 5 MW and above is installed
in a power station, each generator shall be provided with at least two separate
gas masks in an accessible and conspicuous place:
Provided
further that adequate number of gas masks shall be provided by the owner at
every generating station and enlosed sub-station with capacity less than 5 MW
and 5 MVA respectively.???
Regulation 28. Display of instructions for resuscitation of persons suffering from electric shock.--
(1)
Instructions, in English or Hindi and the
local language of the District and where Hindi is the local language, in
English and Hindi for the resuscitation of persons suffering from electric
shock, shall be affixed by the owner in a conspicuous place in every generating
station, enclosed sub-station, enclosed switching station, mines and in every
factory as defined in clause (m) of section 2 of the Factory Act, 1948 (63 of 1948)
in which electricity is used and in such other premises where electricity is
used as the Electrical Inspector may, by notice in writing served on the owner,
direct.
(2)
The owner of every generating station,
enclosed sub-station, enclosed switching station and every factory or other
premises to which these regulations apply, shall ensure that all designated
persons employed by him are acquainted with and are competent to apply the
instructions referred to in sub-regulation (1).
(3)
In every manned generating station,
sub-station or switching station of voltage exceeding 650 V, an artificial
respirator shall be provided and kept in good working condition.???
Regulation 29. Precautions to be adopted by consumers, owners, occupiers, electrical contractors, electrical workmen and suppliers.--
(1)
No electrical installation work,
including additions, alterations, repairs and adjustments to existing
installations, except such replacement of lamps, fans, fuses, switches,
domestic appliances of voltage not exceeding 250V and fittings as in no way
alters its capacity or character, shall be carried out upon the premises of or
on behalf of any consumer, supplier, owner or occupier for the purpose of
supply to such consumer, supplier, owner or occupier except by an electrical
contractor licensed in this behalf by the State Government and under the direct
supervision of a person holding a certificate of competency and by a person
holding a permit issued or recognised by the State Government.
Provided
that in the case of works executed for or on behalf of the Central Government
and in the case of installations in mines, oil fields and railways, the Central
Government and in other cases the State Government, may, by notification in the
Official Gazette, exempt on such conditions as it may impose, any such work
described therein either generally or in the case of any specified class of
consumers, suppliers, owners or occupiers.
(2)
No electrical installation work which has
been carried out in contravention of sub-regulation (1) shall either be
energised or connected to the works of any supplier.???
Regulation 30. Periodical inspection and testing of installations.--
(1)
Where an installation is already connected
to the supply system of the supplier or trader, every such installation shall
be periodically inspected and tested at intervals not exceeding five years
either by the Electrical Inspector or by the supplier as may be directed by the
State Government in this behalf or in the case of installations belonging to,
or under the control of the Central Government, and in the case of installation
in mines, oilfields and railways, by the Central Government.
(2)
[12]The periodical inspection and testing of installation
of voltage equal to or below the notified voltage belonging to the owner or
supplier or consumer, as the case may be, shall be carried out by the owner or
supplier or consumer and shall be self-certified for ensuring observance of
safety measures specified under these regulations and the owner or supplier or
consumer, as the case may be, shall submit the report of self-certification to
the Electrical Inspector in the format as specified by the Authority:
Provided
that the electrical installation so self-certified shall be considered as duly
inspected and tested only after the report of self-certification is duly
received by the office of Electrical Inspector:
Provided
further that the owner or supplier or consumer has the option to get his
installation inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector of the
Appropriate Government.
(2A) Notwithstanding anything contained in
sub-regulation (2), every electrical installation covered under section 54 of
the Act including every electrical installation of mines, oil fields and
railways shall be periodically inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector
of the Appropriate Government.
(2B) The Electrical Inspector shall, on receipt of
the report of self-certification of electrical installation referred in sub-regulation
(2), verify the report submitted by the owner or supplier or consumer, as the
case may be, and record variation, if any, in accordance with these
regulations.
(2C) The Electrical Inspector in case of variations,
which require rectification, direct the owner or supplier or consumer, as the
case may be, to rectify the same within a period of fifteen days and the owner
or supplier or consumer, as the case may be, shall send a report of compliance
to the Electrical Inspector.
(2D) The Electrical Inspector, in case not satisfied
with the compliance report submitted under sub-regulation (2C), shall inspect
the electrical installation within a period of one year from the date of
submission of self-certification report and intimate the owner or supplier or
consumer of the installation the defects, if any, for rectification within
fifteen days.
(2E) If the owner or supplier or consumer, as the
case may be, fails to comply with the directions as given under sub-regulation
(2D), such installation shall be liable to be disconnected under the directions
of the Electrical Inspector after serving the owner or supplier or consumer, as
the case may be, of such installation with a notice for a period not less than
forty-eight hours.
(3)
The periodical inspection and testing of
installation of voltage above the notified voltage belonging to the owner or
supplier or consumer shall be carried out by the Electrical Inspector.]
(4)
Where the supplier is directed by the
Central Government or the State Government, as the case may be, to inspect and
test the installation, such supplier shall report on the condition of the
installation to the consumer concerned in the Forms I, II and III as specified
in Schedule-IV and shall submit a copy of such report to the Electrical
Inspector.
(5)
The Electrical Inspector may, on receipt
of such report, accept the report submitted by the supplier or record
variations as the circumstances of each case may require and may recommend that
the defects may be rectified as per report.
(6)
In the event of the failure of the owner
of any installation to rectify the defects in his installation pointed out by
the Electrical Inspector in his report and within the time indicated therein,
such installation shall be liable to be disconnected under the directions of the
Electrical Inspector after serving the owner of such installation with a notice
for a period not less than forty eight hours:
Provided
that the installation shall not be disconnected in case an appeal is made under
sub-section (2) of section 162 of the Act and the appellate authority has
stayed the orders of disconnection.
(7)
It shall be the responsibility of the
owner of all installations to maintain and operate the installations in a
condition free from danger and as recommended by the manufacturer or by the
relevant codes of practice of the Bureau of Indian Standards.]???
Regulation 31. Testing of consumer's installation.--
(1)
Upon receipt of an application for a new
or additional supply of electricity and before connecting the supply or
reconnecting the same after a period of six months, the supplier shall either
test the installation himself or accept the test results submitted by the
consumer when the same has been duly signed by the licensed Electrical
Contractor.
(2)
The supplier shall maintain a record of
test results obtained at each supply point to a consumer, in a Schedule-V.
(3)
If as a result of such inspection and
test, the supplier is satisfied that the installation is likely to be
dangerous, he shall serve on the applicant a notice in writing requiring him to
make such modifications as are necessary to render the installation safe and
may refuse to connect or reconnect the supply until the required modifications
have been completed.???
Regulation [13][32. Installation and testing of generating units.--
The
capacity above which generating units including generating units producing
electricity from renewable sources of energy will be required to be inspected
by the Electrical Inspector before commissioning, shall be as per the
notification to be issued by the Appropriate Government under the sub-section
(1) of section 162 of the Act.]
"32.
Installation and testing of generating units.--
Capacity
above which generating units will be required to be inspected by the Electrical
Inspector before commissioning shall be as per the notification to be issued by
the Appropriate Government, under clause (x) sub-section (2) of section 176 and
sub-section (1).of section 162 of the Act."
Provided
that the supplier or owner or consumer has the option to get his installation
inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector of the Appropriate Government:
Provided
further that the every electrical installations of mines, oil fields and
railways shall be periodically inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector
of the Appropriate Government."
CHAPTER IV
General conditions relating to supply and use of
electricity
Regulation 33. Precautions against leakage before connection.--
(1)
The supplier shall not connect with his
works the installation or apparatus cm the premises of any applicant for supply
unless he is reasonably satisfied that the connection will not at the time of
making the connection cause a leakage from that installation or apparatus of a
magnitude detrimental to safety which shall be checked by measuring the
installation resistance as under,-
(i) all equipments shall have the insulation resistance
(IR) value as stipulated in the relevant Indian Standards;
(ii) on application of 500 V DC between each live
conductor and earth for a period of one minute the insulation resistance of
installation and equipment of voltage not exceeding 650 V shall be at least 1
MEGA OHM or as specified in the relevant Indian Standard;
(iii) on application of 2.5 kV-DC between each live
conductor and earth for a period of one minute, the insulation resistance of
installation and equipment of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV
shall be at least 5 MEGA OHM or as specified in the relevant Indian Standard.
(2)
If the supplier declines to make a
connection under the provisions of sub-regulation (1) he shall convey to the
applicant the reasons in writing for so declining. ???
Regulation 34. Leakage on consumer's premises.--
(1)
If the Electrical Inspector or the
supplier has reasons to believe that there is leakage in the system of a
consumer which is likely to affect injuriously the use of electricity by the
supplier or by other persons, or which is likely to cause danger, he may give
the consumer notice in writing that he desires to inspect and test the
consumer's installation.
(2)
If on such notice being given the
consumer does not give all reasonable facilities for inspection and testing of
his installation, or when an insulation resistance of the consumer's
installation is so low as to prevent safe use of electricity, the supplier may,
and if directed so to do by the Electrical Inspector shall discontinue the
supply of electricity to the installation but only after giving to the consumer
forty eight hours notice in writing of disconnection of supply and shall not
recommence the supply until he or the Electrical Inspector is satisfied that
the cause of the leakage has been removed.???
Regulation 35. Supply and use of electricity.--
(1)
The electricity shall not be supplied,
transformed, converted, inverted or used or continued to be supplied,
transformed, converted, inverted or used unless the conditions contained in
sub-regulations (2) to (8) are complied with.
(2)
The following controls of requisite
capacity to carry and break the current shall be placed as near as possible
after the point of commencement of supply so as to be readily accessible and
capable of being easily operated to completely isolate the supply to the
installation, such equipment being in addition to any equipment installed for
controlling individual circuits or apparatus, namely:-
(i)
a linked switch with fuse or a circuit
breaker by consumers of voltage which does not exceed 650 V;
(ii)
a linked switch with fuse or a circuit
breaker by a consumer of voltage exceeding 650V but not exceeding 33 kV having
aggregate installed transformer or apparatus capacity up to 1000 KVA to be
supplied at voltage upto 11 kV and 2500 KVA at higher voltages (above 11 kV and
not exceeding 33 kV);
(iii)
a circuit breaker by consumers at voltage
exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV having an aggregate installed
transformer and apparatus capacity above 1000 KVA and supplied at voltage upto
11 kV and above 2500 KVA at higher voltages (above 11 kV and not exceeding 33
kV);
(iv)
a circuit breaker by a consumer of
voltage exceeding 33 kV.
Provided
that where the point of commencement of supply and the consumer apparatus are
near each other, one linked switch with fuse or circuit breaker near the point
of commencement of supply shall be considered sufficient.
(3)
In case of every transformer the
following shall be provided; namely:-
(i)
on primary side for transformers a linked
switch with fuse or circuit breaker of adequate capacity:
Provided
that the linked switch on the primary side of the transformer may be of such
capacity as to carry the full load current and to break only the magnetising
current of the transformer:
Provided
further that for all transformers:
(a)
having a capacity of 5000 KVA and above
installed before the year 2009; and
(b)
having a capacity 1000 KVA and above
installed in or after the year 2000, a circuit breaker shall be provided:
Provided
also that the linked switch on the primary side of the transformer shall not
required for the unit auxiliary transformer and generator transformer;
(ii)
in respect of all transformers installed
in or after the year 2000, on the secondary side of all transformers a circuit
breaker of adequate rating shall be installed:
Provided
that for suppliers' transformers of capacity below 1000 KVA, a linked switch
with fuse or circuit breaker of adequate rating shall be installed on secondary
side,
(4)
Except in the ease of composite control
gear designed as a unit each distinct circuit is to be protected against excess
energy by means of suitable cut-out or a circuit breaker of adequate breaking
capacity suitably located and so constructed as to prevent danger from
overheating, arcing or scattering of hot metal when it comes into operation and
to permit for ready renewal of the fusible metal of the cut-out without danger.
(5)
The supply of electricity to each motor
or a group of motors or other apparatus meant for operating one particular
machine shall be controlled by a suitable linked switch or a circuit breaker or
an emergency tripping device with manual reset of requisite capacity placed in
such a position as to be adjacent to the motor or a group of motors or other
apparatus readily accessible to and easily operated by the person incharge and
so connected in the circuit that by its means all supply of electricity can be
cut off from the motor or group of motors or apparatus from any regulating
switch, resistance of other device associated therewith.
(6)
All insulating materials shall be chosen
with special regard to the circumstances of their proposed use and their
mechanical strength shall be sufficient for their purpose and so far as is
practicable of such a character or so protected as to maintain adequately their
insulating property under all working conditions in respect of temperature and
moisture; and
(7)
Adequate precautions shall be taken to
ensure that no live parts are so exposed as to cause danger.
(8)
Every consumer shall use all reasonable
means to ensure that where electricity is supplied by a supplier no person
other than the supplier shall interfere with service lines and apparatus placed
by the supplier on the premises of the consumer.???
Regulation 36. Provisions for supply and use of electricity in multi-storeyed building more than 15 metres in height.--
(1)
The connected load and voltage of supply
above which inspection is to be carried out by an Electrical Inspector for a
multi-storeyed bulding of more than fifteen meters height shall be notified by
the Appropriate Government.
(2)
Before making an application for
commencement of supply or recommencement of supply after an installation has
been disconnected for a period of six months or more, the owner or ocupier of a
multi-storeyed building shall give not less than thirty days notice in writing
to the Electrical Inspector specify therein the particulars of installation and
the supply of electricity shall not be commenced or recommenced within this
period, without the approval in writing of the Electrical Inspector.
(3)
The supplier or owner of the installation
shall provide at the point of commencement of supply a suitable isolating device
with cut-out or breaker to operate on all phases except neutral in the 3-phase,
4-wire circuit and fixed in a conspicuous position at not more than 1.70 metres
above the ground so as to completely isolate the supply to the building in case
of emergency.
(4)
The owner or occupier of a multi-storeyed
building shall ensure that electrical installations and works inside the
building are carried out and maintained in such a manner as to prevent danger
due to shock and fire hazards, and the installation is carried out in
accordance with the relevant codes of practice.
(5)
No other service pipes and cables shall
be taken along the ducts provided for laying power cables and all ducts
provided for power cables and other services shall be provided with fire
barrier at each floor crossing.???
Regulation 37. Conditions applicable to installations of voltage exceeding 250 Volts.--
The
following conditions shall be complied with where electricity of voltage above
250 V is supplied, converted, transformed or used; namely:-
(i)
all conductors, other than those of
overhead lines, shall be completely enclosed in mechanically strong metal
casing or metallic covering which is electrically and mechanically continuous
and adequately protected against mechanical damage unless the said conductors
are accessible only to an designated person or are installed and protected so as
to prevent danger:
Provided that non-metallic conduits conforming to the
relevant Indian Standard Specifications may be used for installations of
voltage not exceeding 650 V:
(ii)
all metal works, enclosing, supporting or
associated with the installation, other than that designed to serve as a
conductor shall be connected with an earthing system as per standards laid down
in the Indian Standards in this regard and the provisions of regulation 41.
(iii)
Every switchboard shall comply with the
following,-
(a)
a clear space of not less than one metre
in width shall be provided in front of the switchboard;
(b)
if there are any attachments or bare
connections at the back of the switchboard, the space, if any, behind the
switchboard shall be either less than twenty centimetres or more than sevety
five centimetres in width, measured from the farthest protruding part of any
attachment or conductor;
(c)
if the space behind the switchboard
exceeds sevety five centimetres in width, there shall be a passage way from
either end of the switchboard, clear to a height of 1.8 metres.
(iv)
In case of installations provided in
premises where inflammable materials including gases and chemicals are
produced, handled or stored, the electrical installations, equipment and
apparatus shall comply with the requirements of flame proof, dust tight,
totally enclosed or any other suitable type of electrical fittings depending
upon the hazardous zones as per the relevant Indian Standard Specifications.
(v)
Where an application has been made to a
supplier for supply of electricity to any installation, he shall not commence
the supply or where the supply has been discontinued for a period of six months
and above, recommence the supply unless the consumer has complied with, in all
respects the conditions of supply set out in these regulations.
(vi)
Where a supplier proposes to supply or
use electricity at or to recommence supply of voltage exceeding 250 V but not
exceeding 650 V after it has been discontinued for a period of six months, he
shall, before connecting or reconnecting the supply, give notice in writing of
such intention to the Electrical Inspector.
(vii)
If at any time after connecting the
supply, the supplier is satisfied that any provision of these regulations are
not being observed he shall give notice of the same in writing to the consumer
and the Electrical Inspector, specifying how the provisions have not been
observed and to rectify such defects in a reasonable time and if the consumer
fails to rectify such defects pointed out, he may discontinue the supply after
giving the consumer a reasonable opportunity of being heard and recording
reasons in writing and the supply shall be discontinued only on written orders
of an officer duly notified by the supplier in this behalf and shall be
restored with all possible speed after such defects are rectified by the
consumer to the satisfaction of the supplier.
Regulation 38. Appeal to Electrical Inspector in regard to defects.--
(1)
If any applicant for a supply or a
consumer is dissatisfied with the action of the supplier in declining to
commence, to continue or to recommence the supply of electricity to his
premises on the grounds that the installation is defective or is likely to be
dangerous, he may appeal to the Electrical Inspector to test the installation
and the supplier shall not, if the Electrical Inspector intimates that the
installation is free from the defect or danger complained of, refuse supply to
the consumer on the grounds aforesaid, and shall, within twenty four hours
after the receipt of such intimation from the Electrical Inspector, commence,
continue or recommence the supply of electricity.
(2)
Any test for which application has been
made under sub regulation (1), shall be carried out within seven days after the
receipt of such application.???
Regulation 39. Precautions against failure of supply and notice of failures.--
(1)
The layout of the electric supply lines
of the supplier for the supply of electricity throughout his area of supply
shall under normal working conditions be sectionalised and so arranged, and
provided with switchgear or circuit-breakers, so located, as to restrict within
reasonable limits the extent of the portion of the system affected by any
failure of supply.
(2)
The supplier shall take all reasonable
precautions to avoid any accidental interruptions of supply, and also to avoid
danger to the public or to any employee or designated person when engaged on
any operation during and in connection with the installation, extension,
replacement, repair and maintenance of any works.
(3)
The supplier shall send to the Electrical
Inspector a notice of failure of supply of such kind as the Electrical
Inspector may from time to time require to be notifed to him, and such notice
shall be sent by the earliest mode of communication after the failure occurs or
after the failure becomes known to the supplier and shall be in the Form given
in Schedule-VI.
(4)
For the purpose of testing or for any
other purpose connected with the efficient working of the supplier's
installations, the supply of electricity may be discontinued by the supplier
for such period as may be necessary, subject to not less than twenty four hours
notice being given by the supplier to all consumers likely to be affected by
such discontinuance:
Provided
that no such notice shall be given in cases of emergency.
CHAPTER V
Safety provisions for electrical installations and
apparatus of voltage not exceeding 650 volts:
Regulation 40. Test for resistance of insulation.--
(1)
Where any electric supply line for use at
voltages not exceeding 650 V has been disconnected from a system for the
purpose of addition, alteration or repair, such electric supply line shall not
be reconnected to the system until the supplier or the owner has applied the
test prescribed under regulation 33.
(2)
The provision under sub-regulation (1)
shall not apply to overhead lines except overhead insulated cables, unless the
Electrical Inspector otherwise directs in any particular case.
Regulation 41. Connection with earth.--
The
following conditions shall apply to the connection with earth of systems at
voltage normally exceeding 125 V but not exceeding 650 V, namely:-
(i)
neutral conductor of a 3-phase, 4-wire
system and the middle conductor of a 2-phase, 3-wire system shall be earthed by
not less than two separate and distinct connections with a minimum of two
different earth electrodes or such large number as may be necessary to bring
the earth resistance to a satisfactory value both at the generating station and
at the sub-station.
(ii)
the earth electrodes so provided, shall
be inter-connected to reduce earth resistance.
(iii)
neutral conductor shall also be earthed
at one or more points along the distribution system or service line in addition
to any connection with earth which may be at the consumer's premises.
(iv)
in the case of a system comprising
electric supply lines having concentric cables, the external conductor of such
cables shall be earthed by two separate and distinct connections with earth.
(v)
the connection with earth may include a
link by means of which the connection may be temporarily interrupted for the
purpose of testing or for locating a fault.
(vi)
in a direct current three wire system,
the middle conductor shall be earthed at the generating station only, and the
current from the middle conductor to earth shall be continuously recorded by
means of a recording ammeter, and if at any time the current exceeds
one-thousandth part of the maximum supply current, immediate steps shall be
taken to improve the insulation of the system.
(vii)
where the middle conductor is earthed by
means of a circuit breaker with a resistance connected in parallel, the
resistance shall not exceed ten ohms and on the opening of the circuit breaker,
immediate steps shall be taken to improve the insulation of the system, and the
circuit breaker shall be reclosed as soon as possible.
(viii)
the resistance shall be used only as a
protection for the ammeter in case of earths on the system and until such
earths are removed and immediate steps shall be taken to locate and remove the
earth.
(ix)
in the case of an alternating current
system, mere shall not be inserted in the connection with earth any impedance,
other man that required solely for the operation of switchgear or instruments,
cut-out or circuit breaker, and the result of arty test made to ascertain
whether the current, if any, passing through the connection with earth is
normal, shall be duly recorded by the supplier.
(x)
no person shall make connection with
earth by the aid of, nor shall he keep it in contact with, any water mains not
belonging to him except with the consent of the owner thereof and of the
Electrical Inspector.
(xi)
alternating current systems which are
connected with earth as aforesaid shall be electrically interconnected:
Provided
that each connection with earth is bonded to the metal sheathing and metallic
armouring, if any, of the electric supply lines concerned.
(xii)
the frame of every generator, stationary
motor, portable motor, and the metallic parts, not intended as conductors, of
all transformers and any other apparatus used for regulating or controlling
electricity, and all electricity consuming apparatus, of voltage exceeding 250
V but not exceeding 650 V shall be earned by the owner by two separate and
distinct connections with earth,
(xiii)
neutral point of every generator and
transformer shall be earthed by connecting it to the earthing system by not
less than two sepearte and distinct connections,
(xiv)
all metal easing or metallic coverings
containing or protecting any electric supply line or apparatus shall be
connected with earth and shall be so joined and connected across all junction
boxes and other openings as to make good mechanical and electrical connection
throughout their whole length:
Provided
that conditions mentioned in this regulation shall not apply, where the supply
voltage does not exceed 250 V and the apparatus consists of wall tubes or
brackets, electroliers, switches, ceiling fans or other fittings, other man
portable hand lamps and portable and transportable apparatus, unless provided
with earth terminal and to class-II apparatus and appliances:
Provided
further that where the supply voltage is not exceeding 250 V and where the
installations are either new or renovated, all plug sockets shall be of the
three pin type, and the third pin shall be permanently and efficiently earthed.
(xv)
?All
earthing systems shall, -
(a)
consist of equipotential bonding
conductors capable of carrying the prospective earth fault current and a group
of pipes, rods and plate electrodes for dissipating the current to the general
mass of earth without exceeding the allowable temperature limits as per
relevant Indian Standards in order to maintain all non-current carrying metal
works reasonably at earth potential and to avoid dangerous contact potentials
being developed on such metal works;
(b)
limit earth resistance sufficiently low
to permit adequate fault current for the operation of protective devices in
time and to reduce neutral shifting;
(c)
be mechanically strong, withstand
corrosion and retain electrical continuity during the life of the installation
and all earthing systems shall be tested to ensure efficient earthing, before
the electric supply lines or apparatus are energised.
(xvi)
all earthing systems belonging to the
supplier shall in addition, be tested for resistance on dry day during the dry
season not less than once every two years.
(xvii)
a record of every earth test made and the
result thereof shall be kept by the supplier for a period of not less than two
years after the day of testing and shall be available to the Electrical
Inspector when required.
Explanation:-
The expression "Class-II apparatus and appliance" shall have the same
meaning as is assigned to it in the relevant Indian Standards.???
Regulation [14][42. Earth leakage protective device.--
The
supply of electricity to every electrical installation other than voltage not exceeding
250 V, below 2 kW and those installations of voltage not exceeding 250V, which
do not attract provisions of section 54 of the Act, shall be controlled by an
earth leakage protective device whose maximum earth leakage threshold for
tripping should not exceed 30 milliamps for domestic connections and 100
milliamps for all other installations, so as to disconnect the supply instantly
on the occurrence of earth fault or leakage of current:
Provided
that such earth leakage protective device shall not be required for overhead
supply lines having protective devices which are effectively bonded to the
neutral of supply transformers and conforming to regulation 73.]
"42.
Earth leakage protective device. --
The
supply of electricity to every electrical installation other than voltage not
exceeding 250 V below 5 kW and those installations of voltage not exceeding 250
V which do not attract provisions of section 54 of the Act, shall be controlled
by an earth leakage protective device so as to disconnect the supply instantly
on the occurence of earth fault or leakage of current:
Provided
that such earth leakage protective device shall not be required for overhead
supply lines having protective devices which are effectively bonded to the
neutral of supply transformers and conforming to regulation 73."
CHAPTER VI
Safety provisions for electrical installations and
apparatus of voltage exceeding 650 volts
Regulation [15][43. Approval by Electrical Inspector and self-certification.--
[16] [(1)(a) Every electrical installation of notified
voltage and below shall be inspected, tested and self-certified by the owner or
supplier or consumer, as the case may be, of the installation before
commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six months and
above for ensuring observance of safety measures specified under these
regulations and such owner or supplier or consumer, as the case may be, shall
submit the report of self-certification to the Electrical Inspector in the
formats as framed and issued by the Authority:
Provided
that the electrical installation so self-certified shall be considered fit for
the commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six months only
after the report of self-certification is duly received by the office of
Electrical Inspector:
Provided
further that the owner or supplier or consumer, as the case may be, has the
option to get his installation inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector
of the Appropriate Government.
(b)?? Notwithstanding
anything contained in clause (a), every electrical installation covered under
section 54 of the Act including every electrical installation of mines, oil
fields and railways shall be inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector
of the Appropriate Government as specified in sub-regulation (3);]
(2) ??The
voltage above which inspection and testing of electrical installations
including installations of supplier or consumer shall be carried out by the
Electrical Inspector shall be notified by the Appropriate Government.
[17] [(3) Every electrical installation of voltage above
the notified voltage and all the apparatus of the generating stations and above
the capacity specified under regulation 32, shall be inspected and tested by
the Electrical Inspector before commencement of supply or recommencement after
shutdown for six months and above for ensuring observance of safety measures
specified under these regulations;
(4) (a) The Electrical Inspector
shall, on receipt of the report of self-certification of electrical
installation referred in sub-regulation (1), verify the report submitted by the
owner or supplier or consumer, as the case may be, and record variation, if
any, in accordance with these regulations;
(b) ??The
Electrical Inspector in case of variations which require rectification, direct
the owner or supplier or consumer to rectify the same within a period of
fifteen days from the date of recording of the variations and the owner or
supplier or consumer, as the case may be, shall send a report of compliance to
the Electrical Inspector;
(c) ??If the
Electrical Inspector, is not satisfied with the compliance report submitted
under clause (b), shall inspect the electrical installation within a period of
ninety days from the date of submission of self-certification report and
intimate the owner or supplier or consumer of the installation the defects, if
any, for rectification within fifteen days;
(d) ??If the
owner or supplier or consumer, as the case may be, fails to comply the
directions as given under clause (c), such installation shall be liable to be
disconnected under the directions of the Electrical Inspector after serving the
owner or supplier or consumer, as the case may be, of such installation with a
notice for a period not less than forty-eight hours.]
(5) ??Before
making an application to the Electrical Inspector for permission to commence or
recommence supply in installations above the notified voltage after an
installation has been disconnected for six months, the supplier shall ensure
that electric supply lines or apparatus of more than notified voltage belonging
to him are placed in position, properly joined, and duly completed and
examined, and the supply of electricity shall not be commenced by the supplier
for installations of voltage needing inspection under these regulations unless
the provisions of regulations 12 to 29, regulations 33 to 35, regulations 44 to
51 and regulations 55 to 77 have been complied with and the approval in writing
of the Electrical Inspector has been obtained by him:
Provided
that the supplier may energise the aforesaid electric supply lines or apparatus
for the purpose of tests specified in regulation 46 and after successful
testing, the owner may energise the section of a line to prevent theft of
conductors or towers, subject to compliance of all the provisions of these
regulations.
(6) ??The owner of any installations of voltage
above the notified voltage shall, before making application to the Electrical
Inspector for approval of his installation or additions thereto, test every
circuit or additions thereto, other than an overhead line, and satisfy himself
that they withstand the application of the testing voltage set out in
sub-regulation (1) of regulation 46 and shall duly record the results of such
tests and forward them to the Electrical Inspector:
Provided
that an Electrical Inspector may direct such owner to carry out such tests as
he deems necessary or accept the certified tests of the manufacturer in respect
of any particular apparatus in place of the tests required by this regulation.'
(7) ??The owner
of any installation who makes any addition or alteration to his installation
shall not connect to the supply his apparatus or electric supply lines,
comprising the said alterations or additions, unless and until such alteration
or addition has been approved in writing by the Electrical Inspector or
self-certified by the owner of the installation, as the case may be.]???
Regulation [18][44. Use of electricity at voltage exceeding notified voltage.--
(1)
The Electrical Inspector shall not
authorise the supplier to commence supply or where the supply has been
discontinued for a period of six months and above, to recommence the supply at
voltage exceeding notified voltage to any consumer unless--
(a)
all conductors and apparatus situated on
the premises of the consumer are so placed as to be inaccessible except to a
designated person and all operations in connection with the said conductors and
apparatus are carried out by a designated person;
(b)
the consumer has provided and agrees to
maintain a separate building or a locked weather proof and fire proof enclosure
of agreed design and location, to which the supplier at all times shall have
access for the purpose of housing his apparatus and metering equipment, or
where the provision for a separate building or enclosure is impracticable, the
consumer has segregated the aforesaid apparatus of the supplier from any other
part of his own apparatus:
Provided
that such segregation shall be by the provision of fire proof walls, if the
Electrical Inspector considers it to be necessary:
Provided
further that in the case of an outdoor installation the consumer shall suitably
segregate the aforesaid apparatus belonging to the supplier from his own;
(c)
all pole type sub-stations are
constructed and maintained in accordance with regulation 50.]
(2)
The owner shall observe the following
conditions, where electricity at voltage exceeding 650 V is supplied,
converted, transformed or used,-
(i) he shall maintain safety clearances for electrical
apparatus as per Bureau of Indian Standard specification so that sufficient
space is available for easy operation and maintenance without any hazard to the
operating and maintenance personnel working near the equipment and for ensuring
adequate ventilation;
(ii) he shall not allow any encroachment below such
installation:
Provided
that where the Electrical Inspector comes across any such encroachment, he
shall direct the owner to remove such encroachments;
(iii)
the minimum safety working clearances
specified in Schedule-VII shall be maintained for the bare conductors or live parts
of any apparatus in outdoor sub-stations excluding overhead lines of
installations of voltage exceeding 650 V;
(iv)
he shall ensure that the windings of
motors or other apparatus within reach from any position in which a person may
require to be, are suitably protected so as to prevent danger;
(v)
he shall ensure that where a transformer
or transformers are used, suitable provision shall be made, either by
connecting with earth, a point of the circuit at the lower voltage or
otherwise, to guard against danger by reason of the said circuit becoming
accidentally charged above its normal voltage by leakage from or contact with
the circuit at the higher voltage;
(vi)
a sub-station or a switching station with
apparatus having more than 2000 litres of oil shall not be located in the
basement where proper oil draining arrangement cannot be provided;
(vii)
where a sub-station or a switching
station With apparatus having more than 2000 litres of oil is installed,
whether indoor or outdoors, he shall take the following measures, namely:-
(a)
the baffle walls of four hours fire
rating shall be provided between the apparatus,-
(i)
where there is a single phase transformer
banks in the switch-yards of generating stations and sub-stations;
(ii)
on the consumer premises;
(iii)
where adequate clearance between the
units is not available.
(b)
provisions shall be made for suitable oil
soakpit and where use of more than 9000 litres of oil in any one oil tank,
receptacle or chamber is involved, provision shall be made for the draining
away or removal of any oil which may leak or escape from the tank, receptacle
or chamber containing the same, and special precautions shall be taken to
prevent the spread of any fire resulting from the ignition of the oil from any
cause and adequate provision shall be made for extinguishing any fire which may
occur;
(c)
spare oil shall not be stored in the
vicinity of any oil filled equipment in any such sub-station or switching
station;
(d)
all the transformers and switchgears
shall be maintained in accordance with the maintenance schedules prepared in
accordance with the relevant codes of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards;
(e)
dry type of transformers only shall be
used for installations inside the residential and commercial buildings;
(viii)
without prejudice to the above measures,
he shall take adequate fire protection arrangement for quenching the fire in
the apparatus;
(ix)
he shall ensure that the transformers of
10 MVA and above rating or in case of oil filled transformers with oil capacity
of more than 2000 liters are provided with fire fighting system as per IS -
3034: 1993 or with Nitrogen Injection Fire Protection system;
(x)
where it is necessary to locate the
sub-station, or switching station in the basement, he shall take the following
measures, namely:-
(a)
the room shall necessarily be in the
first basement at the periphery of the basement;
(b)
the entrances to the room shall be
provided with fire resisting doors of 2 hour fire rating and the door shall
always be kept closed and a notice of this effect shall be affixed on outer
side of the door;
(c)
a curb (sill) of a suitable height shall
be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil from a ruptured
transformer into other parts of the basement;
(d)
direct access to the transformer room
shall be provided from outside and the surrounding walls shall be lined with
fire bricks;
(e)
the cables to primary side and secondary
side shall have sealing at all floors and wall opening of atleast two hours
rating;
(f)
fire Retardent Low Smoke (FRLS) cable of
two hours rating shall be used.
(xi)
he shall ensure that oil filled
transformers installed indoors in other than residential or commercial
buildings are placed at the ground floor or not below the first basement;
(xii)
he shall ensure that cable trenches
inside the sub-stations and switching stations containing cables are filled
with sand, pebbles or similar non-inflammable materials or completely covered
with non-inflammable slabs;
(xiii)
he shall ensure that unless the conditions
are such that all the conductors and apparatus may be made dead at the same
time for the purpose of cleaning or for other work, the said conductors and
apparatus shall be so arranged that these may be made dead in sections, and
that work on any such section may be carried on by a designated person without
danger;
(xiv)
only persons designated under
sub-regulation (1) of regulation 3, shall carry out the work on live lines and
apparatus.
(3)
All apparatus shall be protected against
lightning and apparatus exceeding 220 kV shall also be protected against
switching over voltages.
(4)
The equipment used for protection and
switching shall be adequately coordinated with the protected apparatus to
ensure safe operation and to maintain the stability of the inter-connected
units of the power system.
(5)
The minimum clearances specified in
Schedule-VIII shall be maintained for bare conductors or live parts of any
apparatus in outdoor sub-stations, excluding overhead lines of High Voltage
Direct Current installations.
(6)
There shall not be tapping of another
transmission line from the main line for 66 kV and above class of lines.???
Regulation 45. Inter-locks and protection for use of electricity at voltage exceeding 650 Volts.--
(1)
The owner shall ensure the following,
namley:-
(i)
isolators and the controlling circuit
breakers shall be inter-locked so that the isolators cannot be operated unless
the corresponding breaker is in open position;
(ii)
isolators and the corresponding earthing
switches shall be interlocked so that no earthing switch can be closed unless
and until the corresponding isolator is in open position;
(iii)
where two or more supplies are not
intended to be operated in parallel, the respective circuit breakers or linked
switches controlling the supplies shall be inter-locked to prevent possibility
of any inadvertent paralleling or feedback;
(iv)
when two or more transformers are
operated in parallel, the system shall be so arranged as to trip the secondary
breaker of a transformer in case the primary breaker of that transformer trips;
(v)
all gates or doors which give access to
live parts of an installation shall be inter-locked in such a way that these
cannot be opened unless the live parts are made dead and proper discharging and
earthing of these parts should be ensured before any person comes in close
proximity of such parts;
(vi)
where two or more generators operate in
parallel and neutral switching is adopted, inter-lock shall be provided to
ensure that generator breaker cannot be closed unless one of the neutrals is
connected to the earthing system.
(2)
The following protection shall be
provided in all systems and circuits to automatically disconnect the supply
under abnormal conditions, namly:-
(i)
over current protection to disconnect the
supply automatically if the rated current of the equipment, cable or supply
line is exceeded for a time which the equipment, cable or supply line is not
designed to withstand;
(ii)
earth fault or earth leakage protection
to disconnect the supply automatically if the earth fault current exceeds the
limit of current for keeping the contact potential within the reasonable
values;
(iii)
gas pressure type and winding and oil
temperature protection to give alarm and tripping shall be provided on all
transformers of ratings 1000 KVA and above;
(iv)
transformers of capacity 10 MVA and above
shall be protected against incipient faults by differential protection;
(v)
all generators with rating of 100 KVA and
above shall be protected against earth fault or leakage;
(vi)
all generators of rating 1000 KVA and
above shall be protected against faults within the generator winding using
restricted earth fault protection or differential protection or by both;
(vii)
high speed bus bar differential
protection along with local breaker back up protection shall be commissioned
and shall always be available at all 132 kV and above voltage sub-stations and
switching stations and generating stations connected with the grid:
Provided
that in respect of existing 132 kV sub-stations and switching stations having
more than one incoming feeders, the high speed bus bar differential protection
along with local breaker back up protection, shall be commissioned and shall
always be available;
(viii)
every generating station and sub-station
connected to the grid at 220 kV and above shall be provided with disturbance
recording and event logging facilities and all such equipment shall be provided
with time synchronization facility for global common time reference but
wherever numerical relays with provision of recording fault data are installed,
disturbance recorder and event logger may not be installed;
(ix)
distance protection and carrier
communication protection shall be provided for all lines connecting to 400/220
kV substation.???
Regulation 46. Testing, Operation and Maintenance.--
(1)
Before approval is accorded by the
Electrical Inspector under regulation 43 the manufacturer's test certificates
shall, if required, be produced for all the routine tests as required under the
relevant Indian Standards.
(2)
No new apparatus, cable or supply line of
voltage exceeding 650 Volts shall be commissioned unless such apparatus, cable
or supply line are subjected to site tests as per relevant code of practice of
the Bureau of Indian Standards.
(3)
No apparatus, cable or supply line of
voltage exceeding 650 V which has been kept disconnected, for a period of six
months or more, from the system for alterations or repair, shall be connected
to the system until such apparatus, cable or supply line are subjected to the
relevant tests as per code of practice of Bureau of Indian Standards.
(4)
Notwithstanding the provisions of this
regulation, the Electrical Inspector may require certain tests to be carried
out before or after charging the installations.
(5)
All apparatus, cables and supply lines
shall be maintained in healthy conditions and tests shall be carried out
periodically as per the relevant code of practice of the Bureau of Indian
Standards.
(6)
Records of all tests, trippings,
maintenance works and repairs of all equipments cables and supply lines shall
be duly kept in such a way that these records can be compared with earlier
ones.
(7)
It shall be the responsibility of the
owner of all installations of voltage exceeding 650 V to maintain and operate
the installations in a condition free from danger and as recommended by the
manufacturer or by the relevant codes of practice of the Bureau of Indian
Standards.
(8)
Failures of transformers and reactors of
20 MVA or MVAR and higher capacity shall be reported by the consumer and the
suppliers of electricity, within forty eight hours of the occurrence of the
failure, to the Central Electricity Authority and the reasons for failure and
measures to be taken to avoid recurrence of failure shall be sent to the
Central Electricity Authority within one month of the occurrence in the format
given in Schedule-IX.???
Regulation 47. Precautions to be taken against excess leakage in case of metal sheathed electric supply lines.--
The
following precautions shall be taken in case of electric supply lines other
than overhead lines, for use at voltage exceeding 650 V; namely:-
(i)
the conductors of the cable except the
cable with thermoplastic insulation without any metallic screen or armour shall
be enclosed in metal sheathing which shall be electrically continuous and
connected with earth, and the conductivity of the metal sheathing shall be
maintained and reasonable precautions taken where necessary to avoid corrosion
of the sheathing;
(ii)
the resistance of the earth connection
with metallic sheath shall be kept low enough to permit the controlling circuit
breaker or cut-out to operate in the event of any failure of insulation between
the metallic sheath and the conductor.
Explanation-
For the purpose of this regulation;
(a)
in the case of thermoplastic insulated
and sheathed cables with metallic armour the metallic wire or tape armour,
shall be considered as metal sheathing.
(b)
where an electric supply line as
aforesaid has concentric cables and the external conductor is insulated from an
outer metal sheathing and connected with earth, the external conductor may be
regarded as the metal sheathing for the purposes of this regulation provided
that the foregoing provisions as to conductivity are complied with.???
Regulation 48. Connection with earth for apparatus exceeding 650V.--
(1)
All non-current carrying metal parts associated
with an installation of voltage exceeding 650 V shall be effectively earthed to
a grounding system or mat which shall,-
(i)
limit the touch and step potential to
tolerable values;
(ii)
limit the ground potential rise to
tolerable values so as to prevent danger due to transfer of potential through
ground, earth wires, cable sheath, fences, pipe lines, etc.;
(iii)
maintain the resistance of the earth
connection to such a value as to make operation of the protective device
effective;
(2)
In the case of star connected system with
earthed neutrals or delta connected system with earthed artificial neutral
point,-
(i)
the neutral point of every generator and
transformer shall be earthed by connecting it to the earthing system not by
less than two separate and distinct connections:
Provided
that the neutral point of a generator may be connected to the earthing system
through an impedance to limit the fault current to the earth:
Provided
further that in the case of multi-machine systems neutral switching may be
resorted to, for limiting the injurious effect of harmonic current circulation
in the system;
(ii)
the generator or transformer neutral
shall be earthed through a suitable impedance where an appreciable harmonic
current flowing in the neutral connection causes interference, with
communication circuits;
(iii)
in case of the delta connected system the
neutral point shall be obtained by the insertion of a grounding transformer and
current limiting resistance or impedance wherever considered necessary at the
commencement of such a system.
(3)
In case of generating stations,
sub-stations and industrial installations of voltage exceeding 33 kV, the
system neutral earthing and protective frame earthing may be, if system design
so warrants, integrated into common earthing grid provided the resistance to
earth of combined mat does not cause the step and touch potential to exceed its
permissible values.
(4)
Single phase systems of voltage exceeding
650 V shall be effectively earthed.
(5)
In the case of a system comprising
electric supply lines having concentric cables, the external conductor shall be
connected with earth.
(6)
Where a supplier proposes to connect with
earth an existing system for use at voltage exceeding 650 V which has not
hitherto been so connected with earth, he shall give not less than fourteen
days notice in writing together with particulars of the proposed connection
with earth to the telegraph-authority established under the Indian Telegraph
Act, 1885 (13 of 1885).
(7)
Where the earthing lead and earth
connection are used only in connection with earthing guards erected under
overhead lines of voltage exceeding 650 V where they cross a telecommunication
line or a railway line, and where such lines are equipped with earth leakage,
the earth resistance shall not exceed twenty five ohms and the project
authorities shall obtain No Objection Certificate (NOC) from Railway
Authorities and Power and Telecommunication Co-ordination Committee before
energisation of the facilities.
(8)
Every earthing system belonging to either
the supplier or the consumer shall be tested for its resistance to earth on a
dry day during dry season not less than once a year and records of such tests
shall be maintained and produced, if so required, before the Electrical
Inspector.??
Regulation 49. General conditions as to transformation and control of electricity.--
(1)
Where electricity of voltage exceeding
650 V is transformed, converted, regulated or otherwise controlled in
sub-stations or switching stations including outdoor substations and outdoor
switching stations to be transformed or in street boxes constructed
underground, the following provisions shall be observed, namely:-
(i)
sub-stations and switching stations shall
preferably be erected above ground, but where necessarily constructed
underground due provisions for ventilation and drainage shall be made and any
space housing switchgear shall not be used for storage of any materials
especially inflammable and combustible materials or refuse;
(ii)
outdoor sub-stations except pole type
sub-stations and outdoor switching stations shall, unless the apparatus is
completely enclosed in a metal covering connected with earth, the said
apparatus also being connected with the system by armoured cables, be
efficiently protected by fencing not less than 1.8 metres in height or other
means so as to prevent access to the electric supply lines and apparatus
therein by an undesignated person and the fencing of such area shall be earthed
efficiently;
(iii)
underground street boxes, other than
sub-stations, which contain transformers shall not contain switches or other
apparatus, and switches, cutouts or other apparatus required for controlling or
other purposes shall be fixed in separate receptacle above ground wherever
practicable.
(2)
Where electricity is transformed,
suitable connection shall be made by connecting with earth a point of the
system at the lower voltage and also to guard against danger by reason of the
said system becoming accidentally charged above its normal voltage by leakage
from a contact with the system at the higher voltage.???
Regulation 50. Pole type sub-stations.--
Where
platform type construction is used for a pole type sub-station and sufficient
space for a person to stand on the platform is provided, a substantial hand
rail shall be built around the said platform and if the hand rail is of metal,
it shall be connected with earth:
Provided
that in the case of pole type sub-station on wooden supports and wooden
platform the metal hand-rail shall not be connected with earth.
Regulation 51. Condensers.--
Suitable
arrangement shall be made for immediate and automatic or manual discharge of
every static condenser on disconnection of supply.
Regulation 52. Supply to luminous tube sign installations of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but not exceeding 33 kV.--
(1)
Any person who proposes to use or who is
using electricity for the purpose of operating a luminous tube sign
installation, or who proposes to transform or is transforming electricity to a
voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV for any such purpose shall
comply with the following conditions, namely:-.
(i)
all live parts of the installation,
including all apparatus and live conductors in the secondary circuit, but
excluding the tubes except in the neighbourhood of their terminals, shall be
inaccessible to undesignated persons and such parts shall be effectively
screened;
(ii)
irrespective of the method of obtaining
the voltage of the circuit which feeds the luminous discharge tube sign, no
part of any conductor of such circuit shall be in metallic connection, except
in respect of its connection with earth, with any conductor of the supply
system or with the primary winding of the transformer;
(iii)
all live parts of an exterior
installation shall be so disposed as to protect them against the effects of the
weather and such installation shall be so arranged and separated from the
surroundings as to limit, as far as possible, the spreading of fire;
(iv)
the secondary circuit shall be
permanently earthed at the transformer and the core of every transformer shall
be earthed;
(v)
where the conductors of the primary
circuit are not in metallic connection with the supply conductors, one phase of
such primary circuit shall be permanently earthed at the motor generator or
convertor, or at the transformer and an earth leakage circuit breaker of
sufficient rating shall be provided on the side of voltage not exceeding 250 V
to detect the leakage in such luminous tube sign installations;
(vi)
a sub-circuit which forms the primary
circuit of a fixed luminous discharge tube sign installation shall be reserved
solely for such purpose;
(vii)
a separate primary final sub-circuit
shall be provided for each transformer or each group of transformers having an
aggregate input not exceeding 1,000 volt-amperes, of a fixed luminous discharge
tube sign installation;
(viii)
an interior installation shall be
provided with suitable adjacent means for disconnecting all phases of the
supply except the "neutral" in a 3-phase, 4-wire circuit;
(ix)
for installations on the exterior of a
building a suitable emergency fire-proof linked switch to operate on all phases
except the neutral in a 3-phase, 4-wire circuit shall be provided and fixed in
a conspicuous position at not more than 1.70 metres above the ground;
(x)
a special "caution" notice
shall be affixed in a conspicuous place on the door of every enclosure of
voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV to the effect that the supply
must be cut off before the enclosure is opened;
(xi)
where static condensers are used, they
shall be installed on the load side of the fuses and the primary side of the
transformers where the voltage does not exceed 250 V;
(xii)
where static condensers are used on
primary side, provision shall be made for automatic or manual discharging of
the condensers when the supply is cut off;
(xiii)
before using the static condensers or any
interrupting device on the voltage exceeding 650 V, the executing agencies
shall test and ensure that automatic discharging device is functional thereon.
(2)
The owner or user of any luminous tube
sign or similar installation of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV
shall not bring the same into use without giving to the Electrical Inspector
not less than fourteen days notice in writing of his intention so to do.???
Regulation 53. Supply to electrode boilers of voltage exceeding 650 Volt but not exceeding 33 kV.--
(1)
Where a system having a point connected
with earth is used for supply of electricity to an electrode boiler of voltage
exceeding 650 V which is also connected with earth, the owner or user of
electrode boiler shall comply with the following conditions, namely:-
(i)
the metal work of the electrode boiler
shall be efficiently connected to the metal sheathing and metallic armouring,
if any, of the electric supply line of voltage exceeding 650 V but not
exceeding 33 kV whereby electricity is suppied to the electrode boiler;
(ii)
the supply of electricity at voltage
exceeding 650 V to the electrode boiler shall be controlled by a suitable circuit-breaker
so set as to operate in the event of the phase currents becoming unbalanced to
the extent of ten per cent of the rated current consumption of the electrode
boiler under normal conditions of operation:
Provided
that if in any case a higher setting is essential to ensure stability of
operation of the electrode boiler, the setting may be increased so as not to
exceed fifteen per cent of the rated current consumption of the electrode
boiler under normal conditions of operation;
(iii)
an inverse time element device may be
used in conjuction with the aforesaid circuit breaker to prevent the operation
thereof unnecessarily on the occurrence of unbalanced phase currents of
momentary or short duration;
(iv)
the supplier or owner shall serve a
notice in writing on the telegraph-authority at least seven days prior to the
date on which such supply of electricity is to be afforded specifying the
location of every point, including the earth connection of the electrode
boiler, at which the system is connected with earth.
(2)
The owner or user of any electrode boiler
of voltage exceeding 650 V shall not bring the same into use without giving the
Electrical Inspector not less than fourteen days notice in writing of his
intention so to do.???
Regulation 54. Supply to X-ray and high frequency installations.--
(1)
Any person, who proposes to use or who is
using electricity for the purpose of operating an X-ray or similar
high-frequency installation, other than portable units or shock-proof self
contained and stationary units shall comply the following conditions, namely :-
(i)
mechanical barriers shall be provided to
prevent too close an approach to any parts of the X-ray apparatus of voltage
exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV, except the X-ray tube and its leads,
unless such parts of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV have been
rendered shock proof by being shielded by earthed metal or adequate insulating
material;
(ii)
where generators operating at 300 kV peak
or more are used, such generators shall be installed in rooms separate from
those containing the other equipment and any step-up transformer employed shall
be so installed and protected as to prevent danger;
(iii)
a suitable switch shall be provided to
control the circuit supplying a generator, and shall be so arranged as to be
open except while the door of the room housing the generator is locked from the
outside;
(iv)
X-ray tubes used in therapy shall be
mounted in an earthed metal enclosure;
(v)
every X-ray machine shall be provided
with a milliammeter or other suitable measuring instrument, readily visible
from the control position and connected, if practicable, in the earthed lead,
but guarded if connected in the lead of voltage exceeding 650 V but not
exceeding 33 kV:
Provided
that earth leakage circuit breaker of sufficient rating shall be provided on
the side wherein voltage does not exceed 250 V to detect the leakage in such
X-ray installations.
Explanation:-
For the purpose of this regulation "shock proof, as applied to X-ray and
high-frequency equipment, shall mean that such equipment is guarded with
earthed metal so that no person may come into contact with any live part.
(2)
(i) in the case of nonshock proof
equipment, overhead conductors of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33
kV, unless suitably guarded against personal contact, shall be adequately
spaced and high voltage leads on tilting tables and fluroscopes shall be
adequately insulated or so surrounded by barriers as to prevent inadvertent
contact;
(ii) ??the
circuit of voltage not exceeding 250 V of the step up transformer shall contain
a manually operated control device having overload protection, in addition to
the over current device for circuit protection, and these devices shall have no
exposed live parts and for diagnostic work there shall be an additional switch
in the said circuit, which shall be of one of the following types:-
(a)
a switch with a spring or other mechanism
that will open automatically except while held close by the operator, or;
(b)
a time switch which will open automatically
after a definite period of time for which it has been set;
(iii) ?if more
than one piece of apparatus be operated from the same source of voltage
exceeding 650 V, each shall be provided with a switch of voltage exceeding 650
V to give independent control;
(iv) ??low
frequency current-carrying parts of a machine of the quenched-gap or open gap
type shall be so insulated or guarded that they cannot be touched during
operation but the high frequency circuit-proper which delivers high-frequency
current normally for the therapeutic purposes shall be exempt from such
insulation;
(vi)
all X-ray generators having capacitors
shall have suitable means for discharging the capacitors manually;
(vi) ??except
in the case of self-contained units, all 200 kV peak or higher X-ray generators
shall have a sphere gap installed in the system of voltage exceeding 650 V but
not exceeding 33 kV adjusted so that it will break down on over voltage surges.
(3)
(i) all non-current carrying metal parts
of tube stands, fluroscopes and other apparatus shall be properly earthed and
insulating floors, mats or platforms shall be provided for operators in
proximity to parts of voltage exceeding 650V unless such parts have been
rendered shock proof;
(ii) ??where short wave therapy machines are used,
the treatment tables and examining chairs shall be wholly non-metallic.
(4)
The owner of any X-ray installation or
similar high frequency apparatus shall not bring the same into use without
giving to the Electrical Inspector not less than fourteen days notice in
writing of his intention to do so:
Provided
that the aforesaid notice shall not be necessary in the case of shock-proof
portable X-ray and high-frequency equipment which have been inspected before
the commencement of their use and periodically thereafter.???
"43.
Approval by Electrical Inspector. --
(1)
Voltage above which electrical
installations will be required to be inspected by the Electrical Inspector
before commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six months
and above shall be as per the notification to be issued by the Appropriate
Government, under clause (x) of sub-section (2) of section 176 and sub-section
(1) of section 162 of the Act.
(2)
Before making an application to the
Electrical Inspector for permission to commence or recommence supply after an
installation has been disconnected for six months and above at voltage
exceeding 650 V to any person, the supplier shall ensure that electric supply
lines or apparatus of voltage exceeding 650 V belonging to him are placed in
position, properly joined and duly completed and examined and the supply of
electricity shall not be commenced by the supplier for installations of voltage
needing inspection under these regulations unless the provisions of regulations
12 to 29, 33 to 35, 44 to 51 and 55 to 77 have been complied with and the approval
in writing of the Electrical Inspector has been obtained by him:
Provided
that the supplier may energise the aforesaid electric supply lines or apparatus
for the purpose of tests specified in regulation 46.
(3)
The owner of any installation of voltage
exceeding 650 V shall, before making application to the Electrical Inspector
for approval of his installation or additions thereto, test every circuit of
voltage exceeding 650 V or additions thereto, other than an overhead line, and
satisfy himself that they withstand the application of the testing voltage set
out in sub-regulation (1) of regulation 46 and shall duly record the results of
such tests and forward them to the Electrical Inspector:
Provided
that an Electrical Inspector may direct such owner to carry out such tests as
he deems necessary or accept the manufacturer's certified tests in respect of
any particular apparatus in place of the tests required by this regulation
(4)
The owner of any installation of voltage
exceeding 650 V who makes any addition or alteration to his installation shall
not connect to the supply his apparatus or electric supply lines, comprising
the said alterations or additions unless and until such alteration or addition
has been approved in writing by the Electrical Inspector."
"44.
Use of electricity at voltage exceeding 650 Volts. --
(1)
The Electrical Inspector shall not
authorise the supplier to commence supply or where the supply has been
discontinued for a period of six months and above, to recommence the supply at
voltage exceeding 650 V to any consumer unless-
(i)
all conductors and apparatus situated on
the premises of the consumer are so placed as to be inaccessible except to a
designated person and all operations in connection with the said conductors and
apparatus are carried out by a designated person;
(ii)
the consumer has provided and agrees to
maintain a separate building or a locked weather proof and fire proof enclosure
of agreed design and location, to which the supplier at all times shall have
access for the purpose of housing his apparatus and metering equipment, or
where the provision for a separate building or enclosure is impracticable, the
consumer has segregated the aforesaid apparatus of the supplier from any other
part of his own apparatus:
Provided
that such segregation shall be by the provision of fire proof walls, if the
Electrical Inspector considers it to be necessary:
Provided
further that in the case of an outdoor installation the consumer shall suitably
segregate the aforesaid apparatus belonging to the supplier from his own;
(iii)
all pole type sub-stations are
constructed and maintained in accordance with regulation 50,"
CHAPTER VII
Safety requirements
for overhead lines, underground cables and generating stations
Regulation 55. Material and strength.--
(1)
All conductors of
overhead lines other than those specified in regulation 68 shall have a
breaking strength of not less than 350 kg.
(2)
Where the voltage
does not exceed 250 V and the span is of less than fifteen metres and is drawn
through the owner's or consumer's premises, a conductor having an actual
breaking strength of not less than 150 kg may be used.???
Regulation 56. Joints.--
(1)
No conductor of an
overhead line shall have more than one joint in a span and joints between
conductors of overhead lines shall be mechanically and electrically secure
under the conditions of operation.
(2)
The ultimate
strength and the electrical conductivity of the joint shall be as per relevant
Indian Standards.???
Regulation 57. Maximum stresses and factors of safety.--
(1)
The load and
permissible stresses on the structural members, conductors and ground wire of
self supporting steel lattice towers for overhead transmission lines shall be
in accordance with the specifications laid down, from time to time, by the
Bureau of Indian Standards.
(2)
Overhead lines not
covered in sub-regulation (1) shall have the following minimum factors of
safety, namely:-
(i) |
for metal supports |
1.5 |
(ii) |
for mechanically processed concrete supports |
2.0 |
(iii) |
for hand-moulded concrete supports |
2.5 |
(iv) |
for wood supports |
3.0 |
(3)
The minimum factors
of safety shall be based on such load as may cause failure of the support to perform
its function, assuming that the foundation and other components of the
structure are intact.
(4)
The load shall be
equivalent to the yield point stress or the modulus of rupture, as the case may
be, for supports subject to bending and vertical loads and the crippling load
for supports used as strut.
(5)
The strength of the
supports of the overhead lines in the direction of the line shall not be less
than one-fourth of the strength required in the direction transverse to the
line.
(6)
The minimum factor
of safety for stay-wires, guard-wires or bearer-wires shall be 2.5 based on the
ultimate tensile strength of the wire.
(7)
The minimum factor
of safety for conductors shall be two, based on their ultimate tensile
strength, in addition, the conductor's tension at 32? C, without external load,
shall not exceed the following percentages of the ultimate tensile strength of
the conductor:-
(i) |
Initial unloaded tension |
........ |
35 per cent |
(ii) |
Final unloaded tension |
........ |
25 per cent |
Provided that for the conductors
having a cross section of a generally triangular shape, such as conductors
composed of 3-wires, the final unloaded tension at 32 C shall not exceed thirty
per cent of the ultimate tensile strength of such conductor.
(8)
For the purpose of calculating
the factors of safety in sub-regulation (2), the following conditions shall be
observed, namely:-
(i)
the maximum wind
pressure shall be as specified in the relevant Indian Standards;
(ii)
for cylindrical
bodies the effective area shall be taken as full projected area exposed to wind
pressure; and
(iii)
the maximum and
minimum temperatures shall be such as specified in the relevant Indian
Standards.
(9)
Notwithstanding
anything contained in sub-regulation (2) to (8) in localities where overhead
lines are liable to accumulations of ice or snow, the load and permissible
stresses on the structural members, conductors and ground wire of self
supporting steel lattice towers for overhead transmission lines shall be in
accordance with the specifications laid down, from time to time, by the Bureau
of Indian Standards or as specified by Appropriate Government, by order in
writing.???
Regulation 58. Clearance above ground of the lowest conductor of overhead lines.--
(1)
No conductor of an
overhead line, including service lines, erected across a street shall at any
part thereof be at a height of less than-
(i) |
for lines of voltage not exceeding 650 Volts - |
5.8 metres |
(ii) |
for lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but not
exceeding 33 kV - |
|
|
6.1 metres |
(2)
No conductor of an
overhead line, including service lines, erected along any street shall at any
part thereof be at a height less than-
(i) |
for lines of voltage not exceeding 650 Volts - |
5.5 metres |
(ii) |
for lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts but not
exceeding 33 kV |
5.8 metres |
(3)
No conductor of an
overhead line including service lines, erected elsewhere than along or across
any street shall be at a height less than -
(1) |
for lines of voltage upto and including 11,000 Volts,
if bare |
4.6 metres |
(ii) |
for lines of voltage upto and including 11,000 Volts,
if insulated |
4.0 metres |
(iii) |
for lines of voltage exceeding 11,000 Volts but not
exceeding 33 kV |
5.2 metres |
(4)
For lines of voltage
exceeding 33 kV the clearance above ground shall not be less than 5.2 metres
plus 0.3 metre for every 33,000 Volts or part thereof by which the voltage of
the line exceeds 33,000 Volts;
Provided that the minimum
clearance along or across any street shall not be less than 6.1 metres.
(5)
For High Voltage
Direct Current (HVDC) lines, the clearance above ground shall not be less
than:-
Sl. No. |
DC Voltage(kV) |
Ground Clearance (mtrs.) |
1. |
100 kV |
6.1 |
2. |
200 kV |
7.3 |
3. |
300 kV |
8.5 |
4. |
400 kV |
9.4 |
5. |
500 kV |
10.6 |
6. |
600 kV |
11.8 |
7. |
800 kV |
13.9 |
(6)
Ground clearances
shall be as specified in schedule-X.
Regulation 59. Clearance between conductors and trolley wires.--
(1)
No conductor of an
overhead line crossing a tramway or trolley bus route using trolley wires shall
have less than the following clearances above any trolley wire-
(i)
lines of voltage not
exceeding 650 Volts - 1.2 metres
Provided that where an insulated
conductor suspended from a bearer wire crosses over a trolley wire the minimum
clearance for such insulated conductor shall be 0.6 metre.
(ii) |
lines of voltage exceeding 650 Volts up to and
including 11,000 Volts |
1.8 metres |
(iii) |
lines of voltage exceeding 11,000 Volts but not
exceeding 33,000 Volts |
2.5 metres |
(iv) |
lines of voltage exceeding 33 kV |
3.0 metres |
(2)
In any case of a
crossing specified in sub-regulation (1), whoever lays his line later in time,
shall provide the clearance between his own line and the line which will be
crossed in accordance with the provisions of the said sub-regulation:
Provided that if the later
entrant is the owner of the lower line and is not able to provide adequate
clearance, he shall bear the cost for modification of the upper line so as to
comply with this sub-regulation.???
Regulation 60. Clearance from buildings of lines of voltage and service lines not exceeding 650 Volts.--
(1)
An overhead line
shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible and no building
shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(2)
Where an overhead
line of voltage not exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent to or terminates
on any building, the following minimum clearances from any accessible point, on
the basis of maximum sag, shall be observed, namely:-
(i)
for any flat roof,
open balcony, varandah roof and lean-to-roof-
(a)
when the line passes
above the building a vertical clearance of 2.5 metres from the highest point,
and
(b)
when the line passes
adjacent to the building a horizontal clearance of 1.2 metres from the nearest
point, and
(ii)
for pitched roof-
(a)
when the line passes
above the building a vertical clearance of 2.5 metres immediately under the
line, and
(b)
when the line passes
adjacent to the building a horizontal clearance of 1.2 metres.
(3)
Any conductor so
situated as to have a clearance less than that specified above shall be
adequately insulated and shall be attached at suitable intervals to a bare
earthed bearer wire having a breaking strength of not less than 350 kg.
(4)
The horizontal
clearance shall be measured when the line is at a maximum deflection from the
vertical due to wind pressure.
(5)
Vertical and
horizontal clearances shall be as specified in schedule-X.
Explanation:- For the purpose of
this regulation, the expression "building" shall be deemed to include
any structure, whether permanent or temporary.???
Regulation 61. Clearances from buildings of lines of voltage exceeding 650 V.--
(1)
An overhead line
shall not cross over an existing building as far as possible and no building
shall be constructed under an existing overhead line.
(2)
Where an overhead
line of voltage exceeding 650 V passes above or adjacent to any building or
part of a building it shall have on the basis of maximum sag a vertical
clearance above the highest part of the building immediately under such line,
of not less than-
(i) for lines of voltages
exceeding 650 Volts upto and including 33,000 Volts |
- 3.7 metres |
(ii)for lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV |
- 3.7 metres plus 0.30 metre for every additional
33,000 Volts or part thereof. |
(3)
The horizontal
clearance between the nearest conductor and any part of such building shall, on
the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, be not less than-
(i) |
for lines of voltages exceeding 650 V upto and
including 11,000 Volts |
- 1.2 metres |
(ii) |
for lines of voltages exceeding 11,000 V and up to and
including 33,000 V |
- 2.0 metres |
(iii) |
for lines of voltages exceeding 33 kV |
- 2.0 metres plus 0.3 metre fore every additional 33kV
or part thereof. |
(4)
For High Voltage
Direct Current (HVDC) systems, vertical clearance and horizontal clearance, on
the basis of maximum deflection due to wind pressure, from buildings shall be
maintained as below:
Sl. No |
DC Voltage (kV) |
Vertical Clearance (mtrs.) |
Horizontal Clearance (mtrs.) |
1. |
100 kV |
4.6 |
2.9 |
2. |
200 kV |
5.8 |
4.1 |
3. |
300 kV |
7.0 |
5.3 |
4. |
400 kV |
7.9 |
6.2 |
5. |
500 kV |
9.1 |
7.4 |
6. |
600 kV |
10.3 |
8.6 |
7. |
800 kV |
12.4 |
10.7 |
(5)
Vertical and
horizontal clearances shall be as specified in schedule-X.
Explanation:- For the purpose of
this regulation the expresssion "building" shall be deemed to include
any structure, whether permanent or temporary.???
Regulation 62. Conductors at different voltages on same supports.--
Where conductors forming parts
of systems at different voltages are erected on the same supports, the owner
shall make adequate provision to guard against danger to linemen and others,
from the lower voltage system being charged above its normal working voltage,
by leakage from or contact with the higher voltage system and the methods of
construction and the applicable minimum clearances between the conductors of
the two systems shall be as specified in regulation 69 for lines crossing each
other.???
Regulation 63. Erection or alteration of buildings, structures, flood banks and elevation of roads.--
[19] [(1) If at any time subsequent
to the erection of an overhead line, whether covered with insulating material
or not or underground cable, any person proposes to erect a new building or
structure or flood bank or to raise any road level or' to carry out any other
type of work whether permanent or temporary or to make in or upon any building,
or structure or flood bank or road, any permanent or temporary addition or
alteration, such person and the contractor whom he employs to carry out the erection,
addition or alteration, shall, give intimation in writing of his intention to
do so, to the supplier or owner and to the Electrical Inspector and shall
furnish therewith a scale drawing showing the proposed building, structure,
flood bank, road or any addition or alteration and scaffolding thereof required
during the construction.
(2) ??On receipt of such intimation, the supplier
or owner shall examine,-
(a)
whether the line or
underground cable under reference was laid in accordance with the provisions of
these regulations and any other law for the time being in force;
(b)
whether it is
technically feasible;
(c)
whether it meets the
requirement of Right of Way (ROW);
(d)
whether such person
was liable to pay the cost of alteration of the overhead line or underground
cable and if so, issue a notice within a period of thirty days, to such person
together with an estimate of the cost of the expenditure likely to be incurred
to so alter the overhead line or underground cable and require him to deposit,
within thirty days of the receipt of the notice, with the supplier or owner,
the amount of the estimated cost.
(3)
If such person
disputes the cost of alteration of the overhead line or underground cable
estimated by the supplier or owner or even the responsibility to pay such cost,
the dispute may be referred to the Electrical Inspector who shall after hearing
both parties decide upon the issue in accordance with sub-regulation (4).
(4)
The Electrical
Inspector shall estimate the cost of alteration of overhead line or underground
cable on the following basis, namely:-
(a) ??the cost of material used on the alteration
after crediting the depreciated cost of the material which shall be available
from the existing line or underground cable;
(b) ??the wages of labour employed in affecting the
alteration;
[20] [(c) supervision charge to the
extent of fifteen per cent of the wages mentioned in clause (b) and charges
incurred by the owner or supplier or consumer in complying with the provisions
of section 67 of the Act, in respect of such alterations.]
(5)
Any addition or alteration
to the building or structure shall be allowed only after the deposite of such
estimated cost to the supplier or owner.
(6)
[21]No work upon such building,
structure, flood bank, road and addition or alteration thereto shall be
commenced or continued until the Electrical Inspector certifies that the
provisions of regulations 58, 60, 61 and regulation 76 should not be
contravened either during or after the aforesaid construction:
Provided that the Electrical
Inspector may, if he is satisfied that the overhead line or underground cable
has been so guarded as to secure the protection of persons or property from
injury, certify that the work may be executed prior to the alteration of the
overhead line or underground cable or in the case of temporary addition or
alteration, without alteration of the overhead line or underground cable.
(7)
The supplier or
owner shall, on receipt of such deposit, alter the overhead line or underground
cable in such a way that it does not contravene the provisions regulations 58,
60, 61 and regulation 76 either during or after such construction within two
months from the date of such deposit or within such longer period as the
Electrical Inspector may permit for reasons to be recorded in writing.]???
Regulation 64. Transporting and storing of material near overhead lines.--
(1)
No rods, pipes or
similar materials shall be taken below, or in the vicinity of, any bare
overhead conductors or lines if these contravene the provisions of regulations
60 and 61 unless such materials are transported under the direct supervision of
a person designated in this behalf by the owner of such overhead conductors or
lines.
(2)
No rods, pipes or
other similar materials shall be brought within the flash over distance of bare
live conductors or lines.
(3)
No material or earth
work or agricultural produce shall be dumped or stored, no trees grown below or
in the vicinity of, bare overhead conductors, or lines to contravene the
provision of regulations 60 and 61.
(4)
No flammable
material shall be stored under the electric supply line.
(5)
No fire shall be
allowed above underground cables.
(6)
Firing of any
material below electric lines shall be prohibited.???
Regulation 65. General clearances.--
(1) ??For the purpose of computing the vertical
clearance of an overhead line, the maximum sag of any conductor shall be
calculated on the basis of the maximum sag in still air and the maximum
temperature as specified under regulations 57 and computing any horizontal
clearance of an overhead line the maximum deflection of any conductor shall be
calculated on the basis of the wind pressure specified under regulations 57.
[22] [(2) No blasting for any
purpose shall be done within 300 metres from the boundary of a sub-station or
from the electric supply lines of voltage exceeding 650 V or tower structure
thereof without the written permission of the owner of such sub-station or electric
supply lines or tower structures; and in case of mining lease hold area,
without the written permission of the Electrical Inspector of Mines.]
(3) ??No cutting of soil within ten meters from the
tower structure of 132 kV and above voltage level shall be permitted without
the written permission of the owner of tower structure.
(4) ??No person shall construct brick kiln or other
polluting units near the installations or transmission lines of 220 kV and
above within a distance of 500 metres.???
Regulation 66. Routes proximity to aerodromes.--
Overhead lines shall not be
erected in the vicinity of aerodromes unless the Airport Authorities have
approved in writing the route of the proposed lines as per relevant Indian
Standards.???
Regulation 67. Maximum interval between supports.--
All conductors shall be attached
to supports at intervals not exceeding the safe limits based on the ultimate
tensile strength of the conductor and the factor of safety specified under
regulations 57.
Provided that in the case of
overhead lines carrying conductors of voltage not exceeding 650 V when erected
in, over, along or across any street, the interval shall not, without the
consent in writing of the Electrical Inspector, exceed 65 metres.
Regulation 68. Conditions to apply where telecommunication lines and power lines are carried on same supports.--
(1)
Every overhead
telecommunication line erected on supports carrying a power line shall consist
of conductors each having a breaking strength of not less than 270 kg.
(2)
Every telephone used
on a telecommunication line erected on supports carrying a power line shall be
suitably guarded against lightning and shall be protected by cut-outs.
(3)
Where a
telecommunication line is erected on supports carrying a power line of voltage
exceeding 650 V, arrangement shall be made to safeguard any person against
injury resulting from contact, leakage or induction between such power and
telecommunication lines.
Regulation 69. Lines crossing or approaching each other and lines crossing street and road.--
Where an overhead line crosses
or is in proximity to any telecommunication line, the owner of either the
overhead line or the telecommunication line, whoever lays his line later, shall
arrange to provide for protective devices or guarding arrangement and shall
observe the following provisions, namely:-
(i)
when it is intended
to erect a telecommunication line or an overhead line which will cross or be in
proximity to an overhead line or a telecommunication line, as the case may be,
the person proposing to erect such line shall give one month's notice of his
intention so to do along with the relevant details of protection and drawings
to the owner of the existing line;
(ii)
guarding shall be
provided where lines of voltage not exceeding 33 kV cross a road or street,
(iii)
where an overhead
line crosses or is in proximity to another overhead line, guarding arrangements
shall be provided so to guard against the possibility of their coming into
contact with each other;
(iv)
where an overhead
line crosses another overhead line, clearances shall be as under:-
(Minimum clearances in metres
between lines crossing each other)
Sl. No |
Nominal System Voltage |
11-66 kV |
110-132 kV |
220 kV |
400 kV |
800 kV |
1. |
Low and Medium |
2.44 |
3.05 |
4.58 |
5.49 |
7.94 |
2. |
11-66 kV |
2.44 |
3.05 |
4.58 |
5.49 |
7.94 |
3. |
110-132 kV |
3.05 |
3.05 |
4.58 |
5.49 |
7.94 |
4. |
220 kV |
4.58 |
4.58 |
4.58 |
5.49 |
7.94 |
5. |
400 kV |
5.49 |
5.49 |
5.49 |
5.49 |
7.94 |
6. |
800 kV |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
Provided that no guardings are
required when line of voltage exceeding 33 kV crosses over another line of 250
V and above voltage or a road or a tram subject to the condition that adequate
clearances are provided between the lowest conductor of the line of voltage
exceeding 33 kV and the top most conductor of the overhead line crossing
underneath the line of voltage exceeding 33 kV and the clearances as stipulated
in regulation 58 from the topmost surface of the road maintained;
(v)
where an overhead
direct current (DC) line crosses another overhead line, clearances shall be as
under:-
(Minimum clearances in metres
between AC and DC lines crossing each other)
Sl. No. |
Sysytem Voltage AC/DC |
100 kV DC |
200 kV DC |
300 kV DC |
400 kV DC |
500 kV DC |
600 kV DC |
1. |
Low and Medium AC |
3.05 |
4.71 |
5.32 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
2. |
11-66 kV AC |
3.05 |
4.71 |
5.32 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
3. |
110-132 kV AC |
3.05 |
4.71 |
5.32 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
4. |
220 kV AC |
4.58 |
4.71 |
5.32 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
5. |
200 kV DC |
4.71 |
4.71 |
5.32 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
6. |
300 kV AC |
5.32 |
5.32 |
5.32 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
7. |
400 kV AC |
5.49 |
5.49 |
5.49 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
8. |
400 kV DC |
6.04 |
6.04 |
6.04 |
6.04 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
9. |
500 kV DC |
6.79 |
6.79 |
6.79 |
6.79 |
6.79 |
7.54 |
10. |
600 kV DC |
7.54 |
7.54 |
7.54 |
7.54 |
7.54 |
7.54 |
11. |
800 kV DC |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
7.94 |
(vi)
a person erecting or
proposing to erect a line which may cross or be in proximity with an existing
line, shall provide arrangements on his own line or require the owner of the
other overhead line to provide guarding arrangements as referred to in clause
(iii) and (iv);
(vii)
in all cases
referred to in this regulation the expenses of providing the guarding
arrangements or protective devices shall be borne by the person whose line was
last erected;
(viii)
where two lines
cross, the crossing shall be made as nearly at right angles as the nature of
the case admits and as near the support of the line as practicable, and the
support of the lower line shall not be erected below the upper line;
(ix)
the guarding
arrangements shall ordinarily be carried out by the owner of the supports on
which it is made and he shall be responsible for its efficient maintenace.???
Regulation 70. Guarding.--
(1)
Where guarding is
required under these regulations the following shall be observed, namely:-
(i)
every guard-wire
shall be connected with earth at each point at which its electrical continuity
is broken;
(ii)
every guard-wire
shall have an actual breaking strength of not less than 635 kg and if made of
iron or steel, shall be galvanised;
(iii)
every guard-wire or
cross-connected systems of guard-wires shall have sufficient current-carrying
capacity to ensure them rendering dead, without risk of fusing of the
guard-wire or wires, till the contact of any live wire has been removed.
(2)
In the case of a
line crossing over a trolley wire the guarding shall be subjected to the
following conditions, namely:-.
(i)
where there is only
one trolley-wire, two guard-wires shall be erected as in DIAGRAM-A;
(ii)
where there are two
trolley -wires and the distance between them does not exceed 40 cms, two
guard-wires shall be erected as in DIAGRAM-B;
(iii)
where there are two
trolley wires and the distance between them exceeds 40 cms but does not exceed
1.2 metres, three guard-wires shall be erected as in DIAGRAM-C;
(iv)
where there are two
trolley-wires and the distance between them exceeds 1.2 metres, each
trolley-wire shall be separately guarded as in DIAGRAM-D;
(v)
the rise of trolley
boom shall be so limited that when the trolley leaves the trolley-wire, it
shall not foul the guard-wires; and
(vi)
where a
telegraph-line is liable to fall or be blown down upon an arm, stay-wire or
span-wire and so slide-down upon a trolley-wire, guard hooks shall be provided
to prevent such sliding.
Regulation 71. Service lines from overhead lines.--
No service-line of tapping shall
be taken off an overhead line except at a point of support:
Provided that the number of
tappings per conductor shall not be more than four in case of connections at
voltage not exceeding 650 V.???
Regulation 72. Earthing.--
(1)
All metal supports
and all reinforced and prestressed cement concrete supports of overhead lines
and metallic fittings attached thereto, shall be either permanently and
efficiently earthed by providing a continuous earth wire and securely fastening
to each pole and connecting with earth ordinarily at three points in every km.
with the spacing between the points being as nearly equidistant as possible or
each support and the metallic fitting attached thereto shall be efficiently
earthed.
(2)
Metallic bearer wire
used for supporting insulated wire of overhead service lines of voltage not
exceeding 650 V shall be efficiently earthed or insulated.
(3)
Each stay-wire shall
be similarly earthed unless insulator has been placed in it at a height not
less than 3.0 metres from the ground.
Regulation 73. Safety and protective devices.--
(1)
Every overhead line
which is not being suspended from a dead bearer wire, not being covered with
insulating material and not being a trolley-wire, is erected over any part of a
street or other public place or in any factory or mine or on any consumer's
premises shall be protected with earth gaurding for rendering the line electrically
harmless in case it breaks.
(2)
An Electrical
Inspector may, by notice in writing, require the owner of any such overhead
line, wherever it may be erected, to protect it in the manner specified in
sub-regulation (1).
(3)
The owner of every
overhead line of voltage exceeding 650 V shall make adequate arrangements as
per relevant Indian Standards to prevent undesignated persons from ascending
any of the supports of such overhead lines which can be easily climbed upon
without the help of a ladder or special appliances.
Explanation.- For the purpose of
this relgulation, rails, reinforced cement concrete poles and pre-stressed
cement concrete poles without steps, tubular poles, wooden supports without
steps, I-sections and channels' shall be deemed as supports which cannot be
easily climbed upon.
Regulation 74. Protection against lightning.--
(1)
The owner of every
overhead line, sub-station or generating station which is exposed to lightning
shall adopt efficient means for diverting to earth any electrical surges due to
lightning which may result into injuries.
(2)
The earthing lead
for any lightning arrestor shall not pass through any iron or steel pipe, but
shall be taken as directly as possible from the lightning arrestor without
touching any metal part to a separate vertical ground electrode or junction of
the earth mat already provided for the sub-station of voltage exceeding 650 V
subject to the avoidance of bends wherever practicable.???
Regulation 75. Unused overhead lines.--
Where an overhead line ceases to
be used as an electric supply line:
(i)
the owner shall
maintain it in a safe mechanical condition in accordance with regulation 57 or
remove it.
(ii)
the Electrical
Inspector shall, by a notice in writing served on the owner, require him to
maintain it in a safe mechanical condition or to remove it within thirty days
of the receipt of the notice.???
Regulation 76. Laying of cables.--
(1)
No underground power
cable of voltage exceeding 33 kV shall be laid without a minimum underground
depth of 1.2 meters.
(2)
No underground
telecommunication cable shall be laid without a minimum separation distance of
0.6 meters to the underground power cable of voltage exceeding 33 kV.???
Regulation 77. Protection against electromagnetic interference.--
The owner of every overhead
power line of voltage level 11 kV or higher shall submit proposal for obtaining
Power Telecommunication Co-ordination Committee clearance to ensure safety of
the personnel and telecom equipment.
CHAPTER VIII
Safety requirements for Electric Traction
Regulation 78. Application of chapter.--
(1)
The regulations in this chapter shall
apply only where electricity is used for the purposes of traction:
Provided
that nothing in this chapter shall apply to electricity used for the public
carriage of passengers, animals or goods on, or for the lighting or ventilation
of the rolling s??? k of any railway or
tramway subject to the provisions of the Railways Act, 1989 (24 of 1989).
(2)
In this chapter the conductor used for
transmitting electricity to a vehicle is referred to as the "line"
and the other conductor as the "return".
(3)
The owner of the line, return, rails or
trolley wire, as the case may be, shall be responsible for the observance of
regulations 79 to 92.
(4)
Before an application is made by the
owner of an installation of voltage exceeding 650 V to the Electrical Inspector
for permission to commence or recommence supply after such installation has
been disconnected for six months and above, the supplier shall ensure that the
electric supply lines or apparatus at voltage exceeding 650 V belonging to him
are placed in position, properly connected and duly completed.
(5)
The supply of electricity shall not be
commenced by the supplier unless and until the Electrical Inspector is satisfied
that the provisions of regulations 44 to 50 and regulation 79 to 92 have been
complied with and the approval in writing of the Electrical Inspector has been
obtained by him.
Regulation 79. Voltage of supply to vehicle.--
No
person shall supply electricity to any trolley wire or other conductor at
voltage exceeding 650 V used in direct electrical and mechanical connection
with any vehicle, except with the written approval of the Central Government or
the State Government, as the case may be, and subject to such conditions as the
State Government may think reasonable to impose.???
Regulation 80. Insulation of lines.--
Every
line shall be Insulated throughout and a line may consist of either bare
conductors supported on structures through insulators or insulated cable.???
Regulation 81. Insulation of returns.--
(1)
Where any rails on which cars run, or any
conductors laid between or within 0.9 metre of such rails, form any part of a
return, such part may be un-insulated and all other returns or parts of a
return, shall be insulated, unless they are of such conductivity as to secure
the conditions required by sub-regulations (2) and (3) of regulation 82.
(2)
Where any part of a return is
un-insulated, it shall be connected with the negative or neutral of the system.???
Regulation 82. Proximity to metallic pipes.--
(1)
Where an un-insulated return is in
proximity to any metallic pipe, structure or substance not belonging to the
owner of the return, the owner of un-insulated return shall, if so required by
the owner of such pipe, structure or substance, connect his return therewith at
his own expense.
(2)
Where the return is partly or entirely
un-insulated, the owner shall, in the construction and maintenance of his
system, adopt such means for reducing the difference produced by the current
between the potential of the un-insulated return at any one point and the
potential of the un-insulated return at any other point as to ensure that the
difference of potential between the un-insulated return and any metallic pipe,
structure or substance in the vicinity shall not exceed four volts where the
return is relatively positive, or one and one-third volts where the return is
relatively negative.
(3)
The owner of any such pipe, structure or
substance in respect of it require the owner of the un-insulated return at
reasonable times and intervals to ascertain by test in his presence or in the
presence of his representative, whether the condition specified in
sub-regulation (2) is fulfilled, and, if such condition is found to be fulfilled,
all reasonable expenses of, and incidental to, carrying out of the test shall
be borne by the owner of the pipe, structure or substance.
(4)
The potential of un-insulated return with
respect to earth at any point shall not exceed fifty volt under normal
conditions.
(5)
The petroleum sidings installation earth
shall be connected to the un-insulated return to make it equi-potential and
pipelines in the vicinity of the track should be properly earthed.
Regulation 83. Difference of potential on return.--
Where
the return is partly or entirely uninsulated, the owner shall keep a continuous
record of the difference of potential, during the working of his system,
between every junction of an insulated return with an un-insulated return and
the point on the route most distant from that junction, and the difference of
potential shall not, under normal running conditions, exceed a mean value of
seven volts between the highest momentary peak and the average for the hour of
maximum load.???
Regulation 84. Leakage on conduit system.--
Where
both the line and the return are placed within a conduit, the following
conditions shall be fulfilled in the construction and maintenance of the
system, namely:-
(i)
where the rails are used to form any part
of the return, they shall be electrically connected at distances not exceeding
30 metres apart, with the conduit by means of copper strips having a
cross-sectional area of at least 0.40 sq. cm. or by other means of equal
conductivity and where the return is wholly insulated and contained within the
conduit, the latter shall be connected with earth at the generating station or
sub-station through an instrument suitable for the indication of any contact or
partial contact of either the line or the return with the conduit; and
(ii)
the leakage-current shall be ascertained
daily, before or after the hours of running, when the line is fully charged and
if at any time it is found to exceed 0.6 ampere per km. of single tramway
track, the transmission and use of electricity shall be suspended unless the
leakage is stopped within twenty four hours.
Regulation 85. Leakage on system other than conduit system.--
Where
both the line and the return are not placed within a conduit, the leakage
current shall be ascertained daily before or after the hours of running, when
the line is fully charged and if at any time it is found to exceed 0.3 ampere
per km. of single tramway track, the transmission and use of electricity shall
be suspended unless the leakage is stopped within twenty four hours.
Regulation 86. Passengers not to have access to electric circuit--
Precautions
to the satisfaction of an Electrical Inspector shall be taken by the owner of
every vehicle to prevent,-
(i)
the access of passengers to any portion
of the electric circuit where there is danger from electric shock;
(ii)
any metal, hand-rail or other metallic
substance liable to be handled by passengers, becoming charged.
Regulation 87. Isolation of sections.--
Every
trolley wire shall be constructed in sections not exceeding 1.6 km. in length,
and means shall be provided for isolating each section.
Regulation 88. Minimum size and strength of trolley wire.--
No
trolley-wire shall be of less cross-sectional area than 0.5 sq. cm. or shall
have an actual breaking load of less than 2000 kg.???
Regulation 89. Height of trolley wire and length of span.--
A
trolley wire or a traction feeder on the same supports as a trolley wire shall,
at no place be, at a height from the surface of the street of less than 5.2
metres except, where it passes under a bridge or other fixed structure, or
through or along a tunnel or mineshaft or the like in which case it shall be
suspended to the satisfaction of an Electrical Inspector.???
Regulation 90. Earthing of guard wires.--
Every
guard wire shall be connected with earth at each point at which its electrical
continuity is broken and shall also be connected with the rails at intervals of
not more than five spans.???
Regulation 91. Proximity to magnetic observatories and laboratories.--
Traction
works shall not be carried out in the vicinity of geomagnetic observatories and
laboratories without the concurrence of the Central Government or of any
officer authorised by it in this behalf.???
Regulation 92. Records.--
(1)
The owner shall keep the following
records, namely : -
(i)
daily records showing -
(a)
the maximum working current from the
source of supply;
(b)
the maximum working voltage at the source
of supply;
(c)
the difference of potential, as required
under regulation 83; and
(d)
the leakage current, if any, as required
under regulation 84 and 85.
(ii)
occasional records showing -
(a)
every test made under sub-regulation (2)
and (3) of regulation 82
(b)
every stoppage of leakage, together with
the time occupied; and
(c)
particulars of any abnormal occurrence
affecting the electrical working of the system.
(2)
The records so kept under sub-regulation
(1) shall be open to examination by Electrical Inspector.???
CHAPTER IX
Safety requirements for mines and oil fields
Regulation 93. Application of chapter.--
The
regulation in this chapter shall apply only where electricity is used in mines
as defined in the Mines Act, 1952 (35 of 1952) and oil fields.
Regulation 94. Responsibility for observance.--
(1)
It shall be the duty of every person in
charge of and responsible to the mine including the owner, agent, manager and
Engineer of mine and oil field to comply with and enforce the regulations in
this chapter and it shall be the duty of all persons employed to conduct their
work in accordance with these regulations.
(2)
In every mine or oil-field while
electricity is being used such number of designated supervisors and
electricians shall be on duty as the owner may decide.
Explanation
- For the purposes of this regulation, the word "Engineer" shall
(i)
in the case of a coal mine, have the same
meaning as assigned to it in the Coal Mines Regulations, 1957;
(ii)
in the case of a metalliferous mine, have
the same meaning as assigned to it in the Metalliferous Mines Regulations,
1961; and
(iii)
in the case of an oil mine, mean the
'Installation Manager' under the Oil Mines Regulations, 1984.
Regulation [23][95. Notices.--
(1)
On or before the first day of February in
every year, in respect of every mine or oil-field, returns giving the size and
type of apparatus, together with such particulars in regard to circumstances of
its use as may be required, shall be sent to the Electrical Inspector of Mines
by the persons specified in regulation 94 in the Form provided in Schedule-XI
or, as the case may be, Schedule-XII, whichever is applicable.
(2)
The persons specified in regulation 94,
shall also give to the Electrical Inspector of Mines not less than seven days
notice in writing of the intention to bring into use any new installation in a
mine or oil-field giving details of apparatus installed and its location:
Provided
that in case of any additions or alterations to an existing installation of
voltage not exceeding 650 V, immediate notice in writing shall be sent to the
Electrical Inspector of Mines before such additions or alterations are brought
into use:
Provided
further that this regulation shall not apply to telecommunication or signaling
apparatus.]
Regulation 96. Plans.--
(1)
A correct plan, on the same scale as the
plan kept at the mine in fulfillment of the requirements of the Mines Act, 1952
(35 of 1952), shall be available in the office at the mine showing the position
of all fixed apparatus and conductors therein, other than lights,
telecommunication or signaling apparatus, or cables for the same.
(2)
A similar plan on the scale not less than
25 cm. to a km. (1:4000) shall be kept by the manager or owner of one or more
wells in any oil-field.
(3)
A similar plan on such scale as the
Central Government may direct, showing the position of all electric supply
lines, shall be kept in the office of any licensee or other person transmitting
or distributing electricity in a mine or oil-field.
(4)
The plans specified under this regulation
shall be examined and corrected as often as necessary to keep them up-to-date
and the dates of such examinations shall be entered thereon by the manager or
owner of the mine or wells and such plans shall be available to the Inspector,
or inspector of mines, at any time.???
Regulation 97. Lighting, overhead lines, communication and fire precautions.--
(1)
In a mine illuminated by electricity, one
or more flame safety lamps, or other lights approved by the inspector of mines,
shall be maintained in a state of continuous illumination in all places where
failure of the electric light at any time shall be prejudicial to safety.
(2)
Efficient means of communication shall be
provided in every mine between the point where the switchgear under
sub-regulation (1) regulation 105 is erected, the shaft bottom and other
distributing centres in the mines.
(3)
Fire extinguishing appliances of adequate
capacity and of an approved type shall be installed and properly maintained in
every place in a mine containing apparatus, other than cables,
telecommunication and signaling apparatus.
(4)
In case of mines, minimum clearance above
ground of the lowest conductor of over head lines or over head cables where
dumpers or trackless vehicles are being operated, shall not be less than twelve
meters in height from the ground across the road where dumpers or trackless
vehicles cross.
Regulation 98. Isolation and fixing of transformer and switchgear.--
(1)
Transformers and switchgear shall be
placed in a separate room, compartment or box where necessary to prevent danger
of mechanical damage.
(2)
Unless the apparatus is so constructed,
protected and worked as to obviate the risk of fire, no inflammable material
shall be used in the construction of any room, compartment or box containing
apparatus, or in the construction of any of the fittings therein and each such
room, compartment or box shall be substantially constructed and shall be kept
dry and illuminated and efficient ventilation shall be provided for all
apparatus installed therein.
(3)
All apparatus that has to be worked or
attended to and all handles intended to be operated shall be placed at a
spacious working place which is accessible, clear of obstruction and free from
danger, so far as circumstances permit.???
Regulation [24][99. Method of earthing.--
Where
earthing is necessary in a mine, it shall be carried out by connection to an
earthing system at the surface of the mine and in such manner as may be
approved by the Electrical Inspector of Mines.]???
Regulation 100. Protective equipment.--
(1)
In the interest of safety, appropriate
equipment shall be suitably placed in the mines for automatically disconnecting
supply to any part of the system, where a fault, including an earth fault,
occurs and fault current shall not be more than 750 milliampere in
installations of voltage exceeding 250 V and upto 1100 V for below ground mines
and oil fields and 50 ampere in installations of voltage exceeding 1100 V and
upto 11 kV in open cast mines and the magnitude of the earth fault current
shall be limited to these specified values by employing suitably designed,
restricted neutral system of power supply.
(2)
The operation of the switchgear and the
relays shall be recorded daily at the generating station, sub-station or switch
station in a register kept for the purpose.
(3)
The effectiveness of the switchgear and
the protective system shall always be kept and maintained in working order,
shall be checked once every three months and the result thereof shall be
recorded in a separate register kept for the purpose.
Regulation 101. Earthing metal.?
(1)
All metallic sheaths, coverings, handles,
joint boxes, switchgear frames, instrument covers, switch and fuse covers of
boxes, all lamp holders, unless efficiently protected by an insulated covering
made of fire resisting material, and the frames and bedplates of generators,
transformers and motors, including portable motors, shall be earthed by
connection to an earthing system in the manner specified in regulation 99.
(2)
Where cables are provided with a metallic
covering constructed and installed in accordance with clause (d) of regulation
106, such metallic covering may be used as a means of connection to the
earthing system.
(3)
All conductors of an earthing system
shall have conductivity, at all parts and all joints, at least equal to fifty
per cent of that of the largest conductor used solely to supply the apparatus,
a part of which desired to be earthed:
Provided
that no conductor of an earthing system shall have a cross-sectional area, less
than 0.15 sq. cm. except in the case of the earth conductor of a flexible cable
used with portable apparatus where the voltage does not exceed 125 Volts, and
the cross-sectional area and conductance of the earthcore is not less than that
of the largest of the live conductors in the cable.
(4)
All joints in earth conductors and all
joints in the metallic covering of cables shall be properly soldered or
otherwise efficiently made.
(5)
No switch, fuse or circuit-breaker shall
be inserted in any earth conductor.
(6)
This regulation shall not apply, except
in the case of portable apparatus, to any system in a mine in which the voltage
does not exceed 30 V.
Regulation 102. Voltage limits.--
Electricity
shall not be transmitted into a mine at a voltage exceeding 11000 Volts and
shall not be used therein at a voltage exceeding 6600 Volts:
Provided
that-
(i)
where hand-held portable apparatus is
used, the voltage shall not exceed 125 V;
(ii)
where electric lighting is used,-
(a)
in underground mines, the lighting system
shall have a mid or neutral point connected with earth and the voltage shall
not exceed 125 V between phases;
(b)
on the surface of a mine or in an open
cast mine, the voltage may be raised to 250 V, if the neutral or the mid point
of the system is connected with earth and the voltage between the phases does
not exceed 250 V;
(iii)
where portable hand-lamps are used in
underground working of mine, the voltage shall not exceed 30 V;
(iv)
where any circuit is used for the remote
control or electric inter-locking of apparatus, the circuit voltage shall not
exceed 30 V:
Provided
further that in fixed plants, the said voltage may be permitted upto 650 V, if
the bolted type plug is used.???
Regulation 103. Transformers.--
Where
electricity is transformed, suitable provision shall be made to guard against
danger by reason of the lower voltage apparatus becoming accidentally charged
above its normal voltage by leakage from or contact with the higher voltage
apparatus.???
Regulation 104. Switchgear and terminals.--
Switchgear
and all terminals, cable-ends, cable-joints and connections to apparatus shall
be totally enclosed and shall be constructed, installed and maintained as to
comply with the following requirements, namely:-
(i)
all parts shall be of mechanical strength
sufficient to resist rough usage;
(ii)
all conductors and contact areas shall be
of adequate current-carrying capacity and all joints in conductors shall be
properly soldered or otherwise efficiently made;
(iii)
the lodgement of any matter likely to
diminish the insulation or affect the working of any switchgear shall be
prevented;
(iv)
all live parts shall be so protected or
enclosed as to prevent persons accidentally coming into contact with them and
to prevent danger from arcs, short-circuits, fire, water, gas or oil;
(v)
where there may be risk of igniting gas,
coal-dust, oil or other inflammable material, all parts shall be so protected
as to prevent open sparking; and
(vi)
every switch or circuit-breaker shall be
so constructed as to be capable of opening the circuit it controls and dealing
with any short-circuit without danger.???
Regulation 105. Disconnection of supply.--
(1)
[25]Properly constructed switchgear for disconnecting the
supply of electricity to a mine or oil-field shall be provided at a point
approved by the Electrical Inspector of Mines.]
(2)
At any time, when any cable or overhead
line supplying electricity to the mine from the aforesaid switchgear is live, a
person designated to operate the said switchgears shall be available within
easy reach thereof:
Provided
that in the case of gassy coal seam of second degree and third degree
gassiness, the main mechanical ventilator operated by electricity shall be
interlocked with the switchgear so as to automatically disconnect the power
supply in the event of stoppage of main mechanical ventilator.
(3)
When necessary in the interest of safety,
any apparatus suitably placed, shall be provided for disconnecting the supply
from every part of a system.
(4)
[26]If the Electrical Inspector of Mines, in the interest
of safety considered it necessary, he may direct that the apparatus specified
in sub-regulation (3) shall be so arranged as to disconnect automatically, from
the supply, any section of the system subjected to a fault.]
(5)
Every motor shall be controlled by
switchgear which shall be so arranged as to disconnect the supply from the
motor and from all apparatus connected thereto and such switchgear shall be so
placed as to be easily operated by the person designated to operate the motor.
(6)
[27]If the Electrical Inspector of Mines feels it
appropriate, the motor shall be controlled by a switchgear to disconnect
automatically the supply in the event of conditions of over-current,
over-voltage and single phasing.]
(7)
Auxiliary fan shall be interlocked with
the switchgear controlling power supply to the in-bye face equipment of below
ground coal mine for automatic disconnection of power supply in the event of
the stoppage of the auxiliary fan.???
Regulation 106. Cables.--
All
cables, other than flexible cables for portable or transportable apparatus,
shall fulfill the following requirements, namely:-
(i)
all such cables, other than the outer
conductor of a concentric cable, shall be covered with insulating material and
shall be efficiently protected from mechanical damage and supported at
sufficiently frequent intervals and in such a manner as to prevent damage to
such cables;
(ii)
(a) except as provided in clause (iii) no
cables other than concentric cables or single core or two core or multi core
cables protected by a metallic covering and which contain all the conductors of
a circuit shall be used where the voltage exceeds 125 V or when an Inspector
considers that there is risk of igniting gas or coal dust or other inflammable
material, and so directs;
(b) ??the
sheath of metal-sheathed cables and the metallic armouring of armoured cables
shall be of a thickness not less than that recommended from time to time in the
relevant standard of the Bureau of Indian Standards;
(iii)
where a voltage exceeding 250 V but not
exceeding 650 V direct current system is used, two single core cables may be
used for any circuit provided that their metallic coverings are bonded together
by earth conductors so placed that the distance between any two consecutive
bonds is not greater than thirty metres measured along either cable;
(iv)
The metallic covering of every cable
shall be -
(a)
electrically and mechanically continuous
throughout;
(b)
earthed, if it is required by
sub-regulation (3) of regulation 101 to be earthed by a connection to the
earthing system of conductivity specified therein;
(c)
efficiently protected against corrosion
where necessary;
(d)
of a conductivity at all parts and at all
joints at least equal to fifty per cent of the conductivity of the largest
conductor enclosed by the said metallic covering; and
(e)
where there may be risk of igniting gas,
coal-dust, or other inflammable material, so constructed as to prevent, as far
as practicable, the occurrence of open sparking as the result of any fault or
leakage from live conductors.
(v)
cables and conductors where connected to
motors, transformers, switchgear and other apparatus shall be installed so
that,-
(a)
they are mechanically protected by
securely attaching the metallic covering to the apparatus; and
(b)
the insulating material at each cable end
is efficiently sealed so as to prevent the diminution of its insulating
properties;
(vi)
where necessary to prevent abrasion or to
secure gas-tightness, properly constructed glands of bushes shall be provided;
(vii)
unarmored cables or conductors shall be
conveyed either in metallic pipes or metal casings or suspended from efficient
insulators by means of non-conducting materials which will not cut the covering
and which will prevent contact with any timbering or metal work and if separate
insulated conductors are used, they shall be installed at least 3.75 cm. apart
and shall not be brought together except at lamps, switches and fittings.
Regulation 107. Flexible cables.--
(1)
Flexible cables for portable or
transportable apparatus shall be two core or multi core, unless required for
electric welding, and shall be covered with insulating material which shall be
efficiently protected from mechanical injury.
(2)
If flexible metallic covering is used
either as the outer conductor of a concentric cable or as a means of protection
from mechanical injury, it shall not be used by itself to form an earth
conductor for such apparatus, but it may be used for that purpose in
conjunction with an earthing core.
(3)
Every flexible cable intended for use
with portable or transportable apparatus shall be connected to the system and
to such apparatus by properly constructed connectors:
Provided
that for machines of voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV a bolted
type connector shall be used and the trailing cable shall be suitably anchored
at the machine end.
Provided
further that where there are space limitations for multiple onboard motors and equipment
for transportable or portable machines, direct entry flexible cable with
elastomeric sealing rings, compression gland, packing gland or sealing box
which does not alter the flame proof property may be permitted and if a cable
entry can accept any sealing ring with same outside diameter but different
internal dimension, the ring shall have a minimum uncompressed axial height of
twenty millimeter for circular cables of diameter not greater than twenty
millimeter and twenty five millimeter for circular cables of diameter greater
than twenty millimeter.
(4)
At every point where flexible cables are
joined to main cables, a circuit breaker shall be provided which is capable of
automatically disconnecting the supply from such flexible cables.
(5)
Every flexible cable attached to a
portable or transportable machine shall be examined periodically by the person
designated to operate the machine, and if such cable is used underground, it
shall be examined at least once in each shift by such person and if such cable is
found to be damaged or defective, it shall forthwith be replaced by a cable in
good condition.
(6)
If the voltage of the circuit exceeds 250
V, all flexible cables attached to any transportable apparatus shall be
provided with flexible metallic screening or pliable armouring and cables of
portable apparatus shall be provided with flexible metallic screening on all
the power and pilot cores.
Provided
that the provision of this regulation shall not apply to flexible cables
attached to any transportable or portable apparatus used in open cast mines or
below ground mines where reeling and unreeling of such cables is necessary as
per design features of the equipment.
(7)
All flexible metallic screening or
armouring specified in sub-regulation (6) shall fulfill the requirement
specified in clause (iv) of regulation 106.
Provided
that in the case of separately screened flexible cables the conductance of each
such screen shall not be less than twenty five per cent of that of the power
conductor and the combined conductance of all such screens shall in no case be
less than that of 0.15 sq. cm. copper conductor.
(8)
Flexible cable exceeding hundred metres
in length shall not be used with any portable or transportable apparatus:
Provided
that such flexible cable when used with coal cutting machines or cutter or
loader or armoured face conveyor for long wall operation, or with shuttle cars
or load haul dumper or cutter loader or all alike equipment for development and
de-pillaring operation shall not exceed two hundred fifty metres in length:
Provided
further that the aforesaid cable in case of an open cast mine when used with
electrically operated heavy earth moving machinery shall not exceed three
hundred metres in length and for bucked wheel excavator at 11 kV shall not
exceed one thousand metres in length.
(9)
Flexible cable, when installed in a mine,
shall be efficiently supported and protected from mechanical injury.
(10)
Flexible cables shall not be used with
apparatus other than portable or transportable apparatus.
(11)
Where flexible cables are used they shall
be detached or otherwise isolated from the source of supply when not in use,
and arrangements shall be made to prevent the energising of such cables by
undesignated persons.
Regulation 108. Portable and transportable machines.--
The person
designated to operate an electrically driven coal-cutter, or other portable or
transportable machine, shall not leave the machine while it is in operation and
shall, before leaving the area in which such machine is operating, ensure that
the supply is disconnected from the flexible cable which supplies electricity
to the machine and when any such machine is in operation, steps shall be taken
to ensure that the flexible cable is not dragged along by the machine:
Provided
that all portable and transportable machines used in underground mines shall
operate on remote control from the concerned switchgear with pilot core
protection.???
Regulation 109. Sundry precautions.--
(1)
All apparatus shall be maintained
reasonably free from dust, dirt and moisture, and shall be kept clear of
obstruction.
(2)
All apparatus other than portable and transportable
apparatus shall be housed in a room, compartment or box so constructed as to
protect the contents from damage occasioned by falling material or passing
traffic.
(3)
Inflammable or explosive material shall
not be stored in any room, compartment or box containing apparatus, or in the
vicinity of any apparatus.
(4)
In case of a fault in any circuit, the
part affected shall be made dead without delay and shall remain so until the
fault has been remedied.
(5)
While lamps are being changed the supply
shall be disconnected.
(6)
No lampholder shall have metallic
connection with the guard or other metal work of a portable hand lamp.
(7)
The following notices in Hindi and local
language of the district, so designed and protected as to be easily legible at
all times, shall be exhibited at the following places, namely:-
(i)
where electrical apparatus is in use, a
notice forbidding undesignated persons to operate or otherwise interfere with
such apparatus;
(ii)
in the interior or at the surface of the
mine where a telephone or other means of communication is provided, a notice
giving full instructions to person, at the surface of the mine, designated to
effect the disconnection of the supply of electricity to the mine.
(8)
All apparatus, including portable and
transportable apparatus, shall be operated only by those persons who are
designated for the purpose.
(9)
Where a plug-and-socket-coupling other
than of bolted type is used with flexible cables, an electrical inter-lock or
other approved device shall be provided to prevent the opening of the coupling
while the conductors are live.???
Regulation 110. Precautions where gas exists. --
(1)
In any part of a coal-seam of the first
degree gassiness -
(i)
all cables shall be constructed,
installed, protected, operated and maintained in such a manner as to prevent
risk of open sparking;
(ii)
all signaling, telecommunication, remote
control and insulation tester circuits shall be so constructed, installed,
protected, operated and maintained as to be intrinsically safe;
(iii)
all apparatus including portable and
transportable apparatus including lighting fittings used at any place which
lies in-bye of the last ventilation connection shall be flame-proof:
Provided
that electrically operated or battery operated portable or transportable
apparatus such as shuttle car, men or material transporting equipment of
increased safety type "e" shall be permitted at any place with
suitable monitoring devices for detection of gases, if any;
(iv)
all electric lamps at any place which lie
in-bye of the last ventilation connection and return airways shall be in flame
proof enclosure and at other places these shall be in increased safety
enclosure type 'e'
(2)
At any place which lies in any part of a
coal-seam of second and third degree gassiness -
(i)
all signaling, telecommunication, remote
control and insulation tester circuits shall be 80 constructed, installed,
protected, operated and maintained as to be intrinsically safe;
(ii)
all cables shall be constructed,
installed, protected, operated and maintained in such a manner as to prevent
risk of open sparking;
(iii)
all apparatus, including portable and
transportable apparatus used at any place within ninety metres of any working
face or goaf in case of a second degree gassy mine and within two hundred
seventy metres of any working face or goaf in case of third degree gassy mine
or at any place which lies in-bye of the last ventilation connection or in any
return airways shall be flameproof;
(iv)
all electric lamps shall be enclosed in
flame-proof enclosures.
(3)
in any oil mine or oil-field, at any
place within the zone-2 hazardous areas-
(i)
all signaling and telecommunication,
remote control and insulation tester circuits shall be so constructed,
installed, operated, protected and maintained as to be intrinsically safe;
(ii)
all cables shall be so constructed,
installed, operated and maintained as to prevent risk of open sparking;
(iii)
all apparatus including portable and
transportable apparatus shall have the following types of enclosures conforming
to the relevant Indian Standards, namely:-
(a)
flame-proof enclosure type 'd' or
(b)
pressurized enclosure type 'p' or
(c)
sand filled apparatus type 'q' or
(d)
increased safety enclosure type 'e' 'n'
and 'o'
(iv)
all electric lamps shall be enclosed in
increased safety enclosure type 'e'.
(4)
In any oil mine or oil-field, at any
place within the zone-1 hazardous areas-
(i)
all signaling and telecommunication,
remote control and insulation tester circuits shall be so constructed,
installed, operated, protected and maintained as to be intrinsically safe;
(ii)
all cables shall be so constructed,
installed, operated and maintained as to prevent risk of open sparking;
(iii)
all apparatus including portable and
transportable apparatus shall have the following types of enclosures conforming
to the relevant Indian Standards, namely:-
(a)
flame-proof enclosure type 'd' or
(b)
pressurized enclosure type 'p' or
(c)
sand filled apparatus type 'q'
(iv)
all electric lamps shall be enclosed in
flame-proof enclosures
(5)
In any oil mine at any place within
zone-0 hazardous area no electrical equipment shall be used and where it is not
practicable, intrinsically safe apparatus are only to be used with the prior
approval of the Inspector.
(6)
In any coal-seam of degree second and
degree third gassiness or the hazardous area of oil-mine the supply shall be
discontinued;
(i)
immediately, if open sparking occurs;
(ii)
during the period required for
examination or adjustment of the apparatus, which shall necessitate the
exposing of any part liable to open sparking;
(iii)
the supply shall not be reconnected until
the apparatus has been examined by the electrical supervisor or one of his duly
appointed assistants and until the defect, if any, has been remedied or the
necessary adjustment made; and
(iv)
a flame safety lamp shall be provided and
maintained in a state of continuous illumination near an apparatus, including
portable or transportable apparatus, which remains energised and where the
appearance of the flame of such safety lamps indicates the presence of
inflammable gas, the supply to all apparatus in the vicinity shall be
immediately disconnected and the incident reported forthwith to an official of
the mine and such apparatus shall be interlocked with the controlling switch in
such a manner as to disconnect power supply automatically in the event of
percentage of inflammable gas exceeding one and one quarter in that particular
district:
Provided
that where apparatus for automatic detection of the percentage of inflammable
gas or vapor are employed in addition to the flame safety lamps, such apparatus
shall be approved by the inspector of mines and maintained in perfect order.
(7)
In any part of a coal-seam of any degree
of gassiness or in any hazardous area of an oil-mine, if the presence of
inflammable gas in the general body of air is found at any time to exceed one
and one quarter per cent, the supply of energy shall be immediately
disconnected from all cables and apparatus in the area and the supply shall not
be reconnected so long as the percentage of inflammable gas remains in excess
of one and one quarter per cent.
(8)
In an oil mine where concentration of
inflammable gas exceeds twenty percent of its lowest explosive limit, the
supply of electricity shall be cut-off immediately from all cables and
apparatus lying within thirty metres of the installation and all sources of
ignition shall also be removed from the said area and normal work shall not be
resumed unless the area is made gas-free:
Provided
that such disconnection shall not apply to intrinsically safe environmental
monitoring scientific instruments.
(9)
[28]Any such disconnection or reconnection of the supply
shall be noted in the log sheet which shall be maintained in the form set out
in Schedule-XIII and shall be reported to the Electrical Inspector of Mines.]
(10)
The provisions of this regulation shall
apply to any metalliferrous mine which may be notified by the inspector of
mines if inflammable gas occurs or if the inspector of mines is of the opinion
that inflammable gas is likely to occur in such mine.
Explanation
- For the purpose of this regulation;
(1)
the expression 'coal-seam of first degree
gassiness', 'coal-seam of second degree gassiness', 'coal-seam of third degree
gassiness' and 'flame-proof apparatus' shall have the meanings respectively
assigned to them in the Coal Mines Regulations, 1957.
(2)
The following areas in an oil-mine or
oil-field shall be known as hazardous areas, namely:-
(i)
an area of not less than ninety metres
around an oil-well where a blow-out has occurred or is likely to occur, as may
be designated by the Engineer-incharge or the seniormost official present at
the site;
(ii)
an area within ninety metres of an
oil-well which is being tested by open flow;
(iii)
an area within fifteen metres of:
(a) ???a producing
well-head or any point of open discharge of the crude there from or other point
where emission of hazardous atmosphere is normally likely to arise; or
(b) ??any wildcat
or exploration well-head being drilled in an area where abnormal pressure
conditions are known to exist; or
(c) ???any
exploration or interspaced well-head being drilled in the area where abnormal
pressure conditions are known to exist;
(iv)
any area within four and one half meters
of:
(a) any producing well-head where a closed system of
production is employed such as to prevent the emission or accumulation in the
area in normal circumstances of a hazardous atmosphere; or
(b) exploration or interspaced well-head being drilled in
an area where the pressure conditions are normal and where the system of
drilling employed includes adequate measures for the prevention in normal
circumstances of emission or accumulation within the area of a hazardous
atmosphere; or
(c) an oil-well which is being tested other than by open
flow.
(3)
"hazardous atmosphere" means an
atmosphere containing any inflammable gases or vapours in a concentration
capable of ignition.
(4)
"Zone 0 hazardous area" means
"an area in which hazardous atmosphere is continuously present."
(5)
"Zone 1 hazardous area" means
"an area in which hazardous atmosphere is likely to occur under normal
operating conditions".
(6)
"Zone 2 hazardous area" means
"an area in which hazardous atmosphere is likely to occur under abnormal
operating conditions".???
Regulation 111. Shot-firing. --
(1)
When shot-firing is in progress adequate
precautions shall be taken to protect apparatus and conductors, other than
those used for shot-firing, from injury.
(2)
Current from lighting or power circuits
shall not be used for firing shots.
(3)
The provisions of regulation 107 shall
apply in regard to the covering and protection of shot-firing cables, and
adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent such cable touching other cables
and apparatus.
Regulation 112. Signaling. --
Where
electrical signaling is used,-
(i)
adequate precautions shall be taken to
prevent signal and telephone wires coming into contact with other cables and
apparatus;
(ii)
the voltage used in any one circuit shall
not exceed 30 V;
(iii)
contact-makers shall be so constructed as
to prevent the accidental closing of the circuit; and
(iv)
bare conductors, where used shall be
installed in suitable insulators.
Regulation 113. Haulage. --
Haulage
by electric locomotives on the overhead trolley-wire system, at voltage not
exceeding 650 V and haulage by storage battery locomotives may be used with the
prior consent in writing of the Electrical Inspector, and subject to such
conditions as he may impose in the interests of safety.???
Regulation 114. Earthing of neutral points. --
Where
the voltage of an alternating current system exceeds 30 Volts, the neutral or
mid-point shall be earthed by connection to an earthing system in the manner
specified in regulation 99.
Provided
that when the system concerned is required for blasting and signaling purposes,
the provisions of this regulation shall not apply.
Provided
further that in case of unearthed neutral system adequate protection shall be
provided with the approval of the Inspector.???
Regulation 115. Supervision.--
(1)
(i) One or more electrical supervisors as
directed by the [29][Electrical
Inspector of Mines] shall be appointed in writing by the owner, agent or
manager of a mine or by the agent or the owner, of one or more wells in an oil
field to supervise the installation.
(ii) ??The
electrical supervisor so appointed shall be the person holding a valid
Electrical Supervisor's Certificate of Competency, covering mining installation
issued under sub-regulation (1) of regulation 29.
(iii) ??One or
more electricians as directed by the [30]
[Electrical Inspector of Mines] shall be appointed in writing by the owner,
agent or manager of a mine or by the agent or the owner, of one or more wells
in an oil field for compliance with the duties specified in this regulation.
(iv) ??The
Electrician shall be a person holding license under sub-regulation (1) of
regulation 29.
(v) ??For small
open cast mines and below ground mines receiving supply at voltage not more
than 650 V and not having portable or transportable apparatus, electrical
supervisor and electrician shall be appointed for more than one mine by
the [31] [Electrical Inspector of
Mines].
(2)
Every person appointed to operate,
supervise, examine or adjust any apparatus shall be competent to undertake the
work which he is required to carry out as directed by the Engineer.
(3)
The electrical supervisor shall be
responsible for the proper performance of the following duties, by himself or
by an electrician appointed under sub-regulation (1).
(i)
thorough examination of all apparatus,
including the testing of earth conductors and metallic coverings for
continuity, as often as may be necessary to prevent danger;
(ii)
examination and testing of all new
apparatus, and of all apparatus, re-erected in the mine before it is put into
service in a new position.
(4)
In the absence of any electrical
supervisor, the owner, agent or manager of the mine and oil field shall appoint
in writing a substitute electrical supervisor.
(5)
(i) The electrical supervisor or the
substitute electrical supervisor appointed under sub-regulation (4) to replace
him shall be personally responsible for the maintenance at the mine or
oil-field, of a log-book made up of the daily log sheets prepared in the form
set out in Schedule- XIII.
(ii) ??The
results of all tests carried out in accordance with the provisions of
sub-regulation (3) shall be recorded in the log-sheets prepared in the form set
out in Schedule- XIII.
CHAPTER X
Miscellaneous
Regulation 116. Deviations.--
(1)
The Central Government or the State
Government, as the case may be, by order in writing, allow deviations in
respect of matters referred in these regulations except regulation 30.
(2)
[32]The Electrical Inspector or the Electrical Inspector
of Mines may, by order for reasons to be recorded in writing, allow deviations
in respect of matters referred to in regulations 12 to 17, regulation 28,
sub-regulation (2), (3) and (5) of regulation 35, sub-regulation (3) of
regulation 36, clause (i) to (iv) of regulation 37, clause (xii) of regulation
41, regulation 43, sub-regulation (2) of regulation 44, regulation 46,
regulations 52 to 54, regulations 57 to 61, regulation 65, regulation 72,
regulation 74 regulations 78 to 91, regulation 102, sub-regulation (6), (8) and
(10) of regulation 107 and regulation 114.
Explanation.-Every
order allowing the deviations by the Electrical Inspector or the Electrical
Inspector of Mines under this sub-regulation shall be placed before the Central
Government or, as the case may be, the State Government which may disallow or
revise such deviations.]???
SCHEDULE-I
Safety measures for
operation and maintenance of electrical plants [See sub-regulation (3) of
regulation (6)]
Part I
(1)
Duration and content
of training shall be as specified below:-
(a) Thermal Power
Stations.-
(i)
The minimum duration
of the training courses for the operating engineers and supervisors
(mechanical, electrical and instrumentation) shall be as specified in Table I
for coal based, diesel engine based and gas turbine based thermal power plants.
The contents of training courses and on job training, along with respective
duration, shall be as specified in Part II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII and IX of
this Schedule, appropriate to the specialized course in mechanical or
electrical or instrumentation Engineering. Trainees should spend time on
observing different functions of Thermal Power Plant along with its operation.
After the lecture course is completed the trainees should be taken on visits to
a few modern power stations and factories manufacturing turbines, generators,
switch gear, instrumentation and auxiliary equipment. The remaining period will
be spent on in-plant training where the candidates will be given an opportunity
to operate or maintain the machinery by themselves under close supervision of
the regular operating staff as well as the training supervisors. Arrangements
shall be made for familiarizing the trainees with the operation of power
stations through simulator facilities.
TABLE I
Course Duration for
Engineers and Supervisors - Thermal Power Plants
s. No. |
Training Course |
Coal Based Plant |
Diesel Engine Based Plant |
Gas Turbine Based Plant |
1. |
Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
Course |
5 Weeks |
4 Weeks |
4? Weeks |
2. |
Common On Job and Simulator Training for Mechanical,
Electrical and Instrumentation |
12 Weeks |
4 Weeks |
8 Weeks |
3. |
Specialized Course for Engineers and Supervisors (a)
Mechanical |
6 Weeks |
2 Weeks |
2? Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
4 Weeks |
4 Weeks |
4 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
2 Weeks |
2 Weeks |
2 Weeks |
4. |
Specialized On Job Training for |
|
|
|
|
(a) Mechanical |
4 Weeks |
Nil |
4 Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
4 Weeks |
Nil |
4 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
4 Weeks |
Nil |
4 Weeks |
5. |
Plant visits and evaluation |
3 Weeks |
3 Weeks |
3 Weeks |
(ii)
The minimum duration
of the training courses for the Technicians (mechanical, electrical and
instrumentation trades) to assist the operating engineers and supervisors shall
be as specified in Table II for coal based, diesel engine based and gas turbine
based thermal power plants. The contents of training courses and on job
training, along with respective duration, shall be as specified in Part X, XI,
XII, XIII, XIV, XV and XVI of this Schedule, appropriate to the specialized
trade of mechanical or electrical or instrumentation Engineering. The lectures
may be arranged and trainees may spend time on observation in the power
stations so that they get familiarized with different sections of the power
station. After the lecture course is completed the trainees shall be taken on
visits to study a few modern power stations and factories manufacturing
turbines, generators, switch gear, instrumentation and auxiliary equipment. The
remaining period will be spent on in-plant training under close supervision.
TABLE II
Coarse Duration for
Technicians- Thermal Power Plants
Sl. No |
Training Course |
Coal Based Plant |
Diesel Engine Based Plant |
Gas Turbine Based Plant |
1. |
Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
Course for Technicians. |
4 Weeks |
5 Weeks |
4 Weeks |
2. |
Specialised Course for |
|
|
|
|
Technicians (a) Mechanical |
2? Weeks |
2 Weeks |
2? Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
2? Weeks |
2? Weeks |
2? Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
2? Weeks |
2? Weeks |
2? Weeks |
3. |
Specialised On Job Training for Technicians |
|
|
|
|
(a) Mechanical |
16 Weeks |
8 Weeks |
16 Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
16 Weeks |
8 Weeks |
16 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
16 Weeks |
8 Weeks |
16 Weeks |
4. |
Plant visits and evaluation |
2 Weeks |
2 Weeks |
2 Weeks |
(b) Hydro Electric Power
Stations.?
(i)
The minimum duration
of the training courses for the operating engineers and supervisors
(Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation) shall be as specified in Table III
for hydro electric power stations. The contents of training courses and on job
training, along with respective duration, shall be as specified in Part XVII,
XVIII, XIX and XX of this Schedule, appropriate to the specialized course in
mechanical or electrical or instrumentation Engineering. The procedure for
familiarization visits and in-plant training shall be similar to that which has
been specified in respect of thermal power stations. Arrangement may be made
for familiarizing the trainees with operation of Hydro Power Stations through
Simulator facilities.
TABLE III
Course duration for
Engineers and Supervisors - hydro power plants
S. No |
Training Course |
Duration |
1. |
Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
Course for Engineers and Supervisors. |
6 Weeks |
2. |
Common On Job and Simulator Training for Mechanical,
Electrical and Instrumentation Engineers and Supervisors. |
7 Weeks |
3. |
Specialised Course for Engineers and Supervisors |
|
|
(a) Mechanical |
2? Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
4 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
2 Weeks |
4. |
Specialised On Job Training for Engineers and
Supervisors |
|
|
(a) Mechanical |
3 Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
4 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
4 Weeks |
5, |
Plant Visits and evaluation |
2 Weeks |
(ii)
The minimum duration
of the training courses for the technicians (mechanical, electrical and
instrumentation) to assist the operating engineers and supervisors shall be as
specified in Table IV for hydro power stations. The contents of training
courses and on job training, along with respective duration, shall be as specified
in Part XXI, XXII, XXIII and XXIV of this Schedule, appropriate to the
specialized trade in mechanical or electrical or instrumentation Engineering.
The procedure for familiarization visits and in-plant training shall be similar
to that which has been specified in respect of thermal power stations.
TABLE IV
Course Duration for
Technicians - Hydro Power Plants
S.No |
Training Course |
Duration |
1. |
Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
Course for Technicians |
3 Weeks |
2. |
Common On job Training for Mechanical, Electrical and
Instrumentation for Technicians |
4 Weeks |
3. |
Specialised Caurse for Technicians |
|
|
(a) Mechanical |
1? Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
2 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
1? Weeks |
4. |
Specialised On Job Training for Technicians |
|
|
(a) Mechanical |
4 Weeks |
|
(b) Electrical |
4 Weeks |
|
(c) Instrumentation |
4 Weeks |
5. |
Plant visits and evaluation |
2 Weeks |
(d)
Sub-stations
and switchyards of generating stations.-
(1)
Those who are
expected to be engaged in the operation and maintenance of substation
associated with the generating station, shall be given a training of duration
of not less than 2? months for engineers and supervisors (mechanical,
electrical and instrumentation) and l? months for technicians (mechanical,
electrical and instrumentation trades). The minimum duration of the training
courses for the operating engineers and supervisors shall be as specified in
Table V for substations associated with generating stations. The minimum duration
of the training courses for the technicians shall be as specified in Table VI.
The contents of the training course and on job training, along with respective
duration shall be as specified in Part XXV for engineers and supervisors and as
specified in Part XXVI of this Schedule for technicians to the extent of
practical job requirement in sub-station associated with the generating
station. This shall be followed by visits and in plant training. Arrangement
for Simulator training may also be made.
TABLE V
Course duration for
Engineers and Supervisors - sub-stations associated with generating stations
S.No. |
Training Course |
Duration |
1. |
Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
Course for Engineers and Supervisors. |
6 Weeks |
2. |
Common On Job and Simulator Training for Mechanical,
Electrical and Instrumentation Engineers and Supervisors. |
4 Weeks |
3. |
Plant visits and evaluation |
2 Weeks |
TABLE VI |
||
Course Duration for Technicians - Substations
Associated with Generating Stations |
||
S.No. |
Training Course |
Duration |
1. |
Common Mechanical, Electrical and Instrumentation
Course for Technicians. |
2? Weeks |
2. |
Common On Job Training, Industrial visits and
evaluation |
3 Weeks |
(2)
Facilities for
creation of training institutes.?
(a)
The Training Institute
shall have a regular building, residential and recreation facilities.
(b)
??The Training Institute shall have a
full time Principal and adequate number of teaching staff.
(c)
??The Training Institute shall have
adequate number of classrooms, seminar and conference hall and auditorium,
library, computer centre, workshops (mechanical, electrical and basic
workshops), laboratories (control and instrumentation, water chemistry and
relevant testing and research facilities). The Training Institute shall have
facilities for demonstration by static and working models, simulators, training
resource unit supported with Appropriate reprographic facilities, Audio-visual
training aides, Computer Based Training (CBT) packages, Liquid Crystal Diode
(LCD), Slide and Overhead projectors.
(d)?? The Training Institute shall have a regular
tie-up with the Power Stations, Sub-stations, Load Dispatch Centres,
transmission and distribution utilities including hot line training centres so
as to provide training in the respective fields.
(e)
??The Institute shall have facilities to
arrange refresher courses for those personnel who have already experience in
the operation and maintenance of a generating station. The staff of the
Training Institute shall be properly qualified and preferably undergone a
specialized training course in the art of imparting training.
(f)??? The Institute shall have networking of
training facilities with the reputed educational or professional institutes.
(g)
??Assessment forms for Engineers and
Supervisors and for Technicians to assist the engineers and supervisors are
given at Part XXVII of this Schedule.
Part II
SYLLABUS FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COAL
BASED THERMAL POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General Introduction: (i) World Power Scenario (ii) Growth of Power Industry in India (iii) Generation Scenario in India (iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in India (v) Role of Private Power Participants in India (vi) Organisation/Power Sector set up (vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specifications
for Electrical wiring |
3 |
II |
Concept of modem thermal station : Power generation
from coal, Central Station and utility systems, base load and peaking
stations, concept of unit system, typical thermal cycles, parameters, heat
rates, fuel rates, steam rates, typical heat balance of boiler, turbine and
generator. |
3 |
III |
Choice of location of large thermal station : Site
availability, water requirements, fuel, load centres, transport facilities,
air pollution, topography, choice of size of generating units. |
3 |
IV |
Plant layout in large central station including machine
arrangements, equipments layout, switchyard and auxiliary arrangements. |
2 |
V |
Constructional details and basic principles of large
pulverized fuel boiler and auxiliaries (i) Water and steam drums, heaters and tubes. (ii) Types of furnace and firing arrangement and firing
system- Primary, secondary air arrangement, burner arrangement and furnace
safeguard supervisory system, burner details. (iii) Economizers, primary, secondary, super heaters,
pre heaters and temperatures. (iv) Forced draught, Induced draught, Primary Air
exhauster, scanner and igniter air fans, and gas recirculation fans,
compressors, seal air fan. (v) Types of coal mills, (ball/races, ball tube, bowl
roller) stoker, coal feeders, Gravimetric feeders (Raw coal feeders) |
15 |
|
(vi) Air preheaters, rotary, tubular and steam air
heater (vii) Dust extraction plant- electrostatic, mechanical
and bottom ash system (viii) Soot blowers (ix) Station instrument and service compressed air
reciprocating and rotary compressors. (x) Feed regulating station (xi) Boiler mountings, drum level indicators, safety
valves, stop valves, start-up devices, sampling, chemical dosing, continuous
blow down, air vents and drain system, critical piping supports and hangers (xii) Refractories and laggings as used in modern power
stations. (xiii) Ash disposal system - Dry bottom, wet
bottom-scrapper feeders and clinker grinders. |
|
VI |
Construction and working principles of Turbine and
auxiliaries, (i) Principle of operation, heat conversion cycles,
types of turbines. (ii) Casing steam chests, wheel blading, nozzles,
diaphragms, control valves, glands, flanges and HT bolt heating, bearings,
governing system. (iii) Condenser, vacuum pump, steam ejectors,
circulating water pumps (iv) Lubrication system pumps, centrifuging machines,
coolers, filters, shaft turbine and lifting gear, Main oil pump, Jacking oil
pump, Starting oil pump, AC-DC oil pump, Emergency oil pump. (v) Boiler feed pump, fill pump and auxiliary cooling
water system, auxiliary steam system. (vi) Low pressure and high pressure feed water heaters,
de-aerators and evaporators, gland steam coolers, drip, air venting and drain
system (vii) High pressure and low-pressure by-pass systems. (viii) Automatic turbine run-up system |
3 |
VII |
Various types of valves, traps, their constructional
details and application. Cranes, hoists- characteristics and controls |
3 |
VIII |
Construction and working principles of alternators and
excitation systems : (i) Alternators, cooling arrangements (Hydrogen/air
cooling), stator water cooling, Hydrogen sealing system (ii) Main and pilot exciters, voltage regulators, types
and characteristic, amplifier and magnetic amplifier, static excitation
system, Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR). (iii) Method of grounding. |
2 |
IX. |
Construction and working principles of fuel handling
plant equipments : |
10 |
|
(i) Coal Handling Plant :- Wagon Tippler, hoppers,
vibratory feeders, screen and conveyor system crushers, magnetic separators
and pulleys, dust suppressors, dust extractors, stacker re-claimer, rotary
breakers, Merry-Go-Round system, (ii) Fuel oil handling plant - Oil storage tanks,
unloading station oil pumps and heating arrangement (iii) Coal transportation by ship- Coal transportation
by different types of ships such as gearless ship, geared ship, self
unloading ships, ship loading and unloading equipment such as grab type and
continuous ship loaders/un-loaders. (iv) Coal washing and blending |
|
X |
Construction and working principles of Ash and slag
handling equipments: Electrostatic precipitators, methods of conveying,
pneumatic, vacuumatic, hydraulic, bucket elevators, conveyors, screw
extractors, ash slurry pumps, High pressure and low pressure pumps, dry ash
collection. Power Environment Interface, Environmental Management System |
1 |
XI |
Water Sources and treatment: (i) Raw water pumping station, domestic, circulating
and boiler makeup water treatment, River salinity, local water conditions,
water recovery system, their variations in different seasons and effects on
power station operations. (ii) Hydrogen generating plant |
3 |
XII |
Fuels: (i) Solid, liquid and gaseous fuels analysis. (ii) Coal-types and suitability for different kinds of boilers-alterations
in firing methods due to change of coal composition. |
3 |
XIII |
General understanding of Basic flow diagrams in power
stations practice : (i) Coal cycle. (ii) Fuel oil cycle. (iii) Air and gas cycle. (iv) Fly ash and bottom ash/slag handling arrangements. (v) Condensate and feed heating cycle (from condenser
hot well up to economizer). (vi) Water and steam cycle (from economizer to turbine
inlet). (vii) Chemical dosing circuit (viii) Circulating water cycle. (ix) Governing oil, turbine oil, generator, Seal oil
circuit. (x) Hydrogen filling in generator and hydrogen gland
sealing of generator. Bearing cooling system. (xi) Stator water cooling cycle |
3 |
XIV |
Direct and closed cooling water circuits, cooling
towers -types and characteristics. |
3 |
XV |
D.C. and A.C. power supply for auxiliaries,
arrangements of unit and station boards, station lighting and automatic
changeover. |
3 |
XVI |
Transformers: Main transformers, interconnecting
transformers, station/unit transformers, voltage grounding transformers, type
of connections, paralleling, tap changing gear. |
4 |
XVII |
Outdoor switchyard single line diagrams bus bars,
circuit breakers, isolators, current transformers, potential transformers,
lightning arresters, grounding. |
4 |
XVIII |
Indoor and outdoor switchgear: Types - bulk oil,
minimum oil, air blast, vacuum air breaker, gas breaker constructional and
functional details. |
4 |
XIX |
Working principle basics of Instrumentation and
measurements: Details of measuring instruments for pressure, flow,
temperature, level, draught, vibration, eccentricity, conductivity, pH value,
differential expansion, oxygen analyser, voltage, current, active power,
reactive power, frequency, energy, winding temperature. Auto-controllers,
hydrogen purity meter, axial shift indicator and recorder, flue gas
analysers, megger - its use for primary detection of faults, data acquisition
system, digital distributed control, UPS, Unit co-ordinated master control.
Pre-commissioning/ commissioning activities-Boiler Hydraulic test, alkali
boil out, acid cleaning, TG: Alkali flushing of regenerative system, acid
cleaning of oil pipe lines. TG on barring gear. Others: Steam blower, rotor
valve blasting, steam roller synchronizing |
12 |
XX |
Operation, control and supervision (i) General boiler start-up procedure. (ii) Operation of boilers under different loading
conditions, soot blowing. (iii) Analysis of feed and boiler water, fuel, flue gas
at station laboratory, Power plant chemistry-chemical operating regime and
control, steam purity (iv) Banking and preservation of oilers. (v) Demonstration wherever possible through simulators
of various operating conditions. (vi) Handling of boiler under failure conditions, (such
as tripping of turbo-alternator set, high/low drum levels, flame failure,
failure of supply to auxiliaries) and under emergency conditions such as grid |
12 |
|
failures, tube failures, fire out and furnace explosion (vii) General start up procedure for high-pressure
multi-cylinder reheat type turbines from cold, warm and hot conditions. (viii) Handling of turbine, generator and auxiliary
plant under failure conditions, such as vacuum failure, low feed water, condenser
levels, excitation failure, circulating water failure, feed water heater high
levels, excessive vibration, water or oil ingress in generator, failure of
lubricating, sealing oil circuits and emergency conditions such as grid
failure, black starting. (ix) Alternator-synchronising, loading, parallel
operations, MW and MVAR sharing. (x) Operation of vents and drains in boiler and turbine |
|
XXI |
Controls and Protection - Sequential operation and
interlocks: (i) Unit protection and interlocks. (ii) Boiler and auxiliaries. (iii) Turbine and auxiliaries. (iv) Combustion control-pressure, fuel, air and feed
heating cycle. (v) Feed water and fuel heating cycle controls. (vi) Turbine governing, speed setting, speed droop
setting and control circuits. (vii) Generator protection - under-voltage,
over-voltage, differential reverse power, under-excitation, negative phase
sequence, earth fault with types of the relays used, Back up impedance,
frequency relay, pole slipping and over current relays (viii) Importance of sequential interlocks. (ix) Transformer protection - differential, overload,
earth faults, high temperature, buchholz with types of the relays used. (x) LT/HT motor electrical protection- Types of motors
and variable speed drive and speed controls. (xi) Various types of pumps and their starting and
control. (xii) Steam pressure and temperature control. (xiii) Furnace purging. |
21 |
XXII |
(i) Various types of valves, maps, their constructional
details and application (ii) Fire-fighting and emulsifier type protection. |
1 |
XXIII |
General safety precautions, treatment of electrical or
acid or alkali burn, permit to work, first aid, protective clothing, safety
in movement and storage of materials, switchyard safety. |
1? |
XXIV |
Indian Boiler Rules, Factory Act, Electricity Act,
2003, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other statutory Regulations concerning Power
Stations (General outline), Environmental Pollution Act/Regulations. |
4 |
XXV |
General plant maintenance procedure, PERT/CPM methods,
Power station records, maintenance planning. |
6 |
XXVI |
Efficiency and environment, plant performance,
generation cost, efficiency monitoring and optimization, stack emission
monitoring and ambient air quality. Availability Based tariff, GERC
notification on Tariff. |
12 |
XXVII |
Personnel management, duties and responsibilities,
labour laws and labour welfare. |
2 |
XXVIII |
Broad Principles of material management and inventory
control |
2 |
|
Total |
145 ? Hour = 5 Weeks |
XXIX |
On Job Training: (1) Control room desk operations: (i) Pre-start checks, (ii) Protection interlocks, (iii) Light up procedures and routine checks, (iv) Stopping and emergency operations of Boiler, Turbine,
Generator and their auxiliaries (v) Electrical operation location and off-site plant
location |
10 Weeks |
|
2. Simulator training/Computer applications in
operation and maintenance of the plant |
2 Weeks |
Part III
SYLLABUS FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE
DIESEL ENGINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General Introduction: (i) World Power Scenario (ii) Growth of Power-Industry in India (iii) Generation Scenario in India (iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in India (v) Role of Private Power Participants in India (vi) Organisation/Power Sector set up (vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specifications
for Electrical wiring |
3 |
II |
Concept of modern Diesel Power Station, Power
Generation from Heavy Fuels, Central Station and Utility systems, base load
and peaking stations, concept of unit systems, beat rates, heat balance of engines
and general principles of Thermodynamics, enthalpy, entropy, etc. |
3 |
III |
Choice of location of large Diesel Station, Site
availability, water requirement, fuel, load centers, transport facilities,
air pollution, topography, choice of size of generating units. |
2 |
IV |
Plant layout in large Diesel Station including machine
arrangements, equipment layout, and switch yard and auxiliary arrangements. |
2 |
V |
(i) IC Engines, classification, based on 2 Stroke, 4
Stroke, SI, CI, comparisons, difference between CI and SI, classification by
cylinder arrangements, engine parts and materials used, indicated thermal
efficiency%, mechanical efficiency %, specific fuel consumption, air fuel
ratio, cal. value of fuel, etc. (ii) Air standard cycles, thermodynamic relations,
parameters, Carnot-cycle, Stirling cycle, Ericsson cycle, Lenoir cycle, Auto
cycle, Dual cycle, Diesel cycle, Atkinson cycle, Brayton cycle, fuel air
cycles, various losses, effect of variables such as compression ratio, fuel
ratio, etc., difference between real cycle and fuel air cycle, etc. (iii) Petroleum fuels, introduction and structures,
refining processes and products, Diesel fuels, octane number, cetane number,
calorific value, viscosity, flash point, pour point, sulphur content, ash
content, asphaltens, water and |
18 |
|
sediment content, catalytic fines, problems caused by
heavy fuels. (iv) Combustion: - in IC engines, air fuel ratio -
delay period and factors affecting it - Diesel knock, theory and methods of
control, observations of burning of gases - cold starting of IC engines and
aids. (v) Super charging objects - cycles - methods - effects
of supercharging on performance of the engine -superchargers - turbo charging
and methods (vi) Dual fuel and multifuel engines - combustion and
factors affecting combustion - characteristics of multi fuel engines -
suitability of various engines as multi fuel unit -performance of multiple
engines. (vii) Engine - friction and lubrication - lubrication
principles -bearing lubrication - functions of lubricating system -properties
of lube oil - additives - classification of lube oils, filters - crank case
ventilation. (viii) Engine cooling - areas of heat flow - heat
transfer -piston and cylinder temperature - quantity of water required - cooling
systems - air cooling, water cooling and comparison, re - cooling of water,
radiators, cooling fans, thermostatic control, etc. (ix) Constructional features of engine - crank case -
crank shaft - main and connecting rod bearings - connecting rod - piston,
crown and rings, cylinder liners, cylinder head -exhaust and inlet valves -
fuel injection pump - injectors -cam shaft push rods - tappets - rocker arm
etc. (x) Performance and Testing of Engines - basic
measurements - speed - specific lube oil consumption - air consumption -
exhaust smoke - emissions - BHP - FHP and IHP measurements, de-rating of
engines. etc. (xi) Air pollution - pollutants - Diesel emissions -
smoke and control - Diesel odour control - comparison of Diesel and other
fuel emissions. |
|
VI |
Construction and working principles of D.G. plant
auxiliaries : (i) Heavy fuel oil handling system: - railway siding,
package boiler - transfer pumps - storage tanks, dip measurements,
temperature and density corrections, shrinkage - heat tracing and controls -
measurements of fuel parameters such as viscosity, density, flash point,
sulphur content, ash, water content, acidity, calorific value, carbon
residue, pour point, fire fighting arrangements in the HFO storage area. (ii) HFO Purifiers: - function of HFO centrifuge -
purification - clarification - principles of centrifugal pump -component
parts of separator and separator plant - layout diagram of separator plant -
sectional view of separator -operating cycle of separator plant - recommended
separator temperatures - sludge removal, sludge transfer pump. |
18 |
|
(iii) Common Heavy fuel oil System: - functions of
settling tanks, service tanks - heavy fuel transfer pump - heat tracing of
settling and service tanks and temperature control. (iv) Diesel Handling system: - transportation modes
-measurements - storage - fire fighting arrangements etc., common diesel oil
systems - transfer pump etc. (v) Common Lube Oil System: - transportation
measurements - storage measurement of lube oil characteristics such as flash
point kinematic viscosity -viscosity index, TEN value, insolubles in Hexane
and Toluene. (vi) Cooling water Treatment:- Choice of water as
refrigerant - classification of water - matter present in water -analysis of
water for acids, bases and salts - pH value -disadvantages such as
incrustation, sediments - galvanic corrosion - battery effect - influence of
chlorides and sulphites - cavitation, protection methods - plant cooling
water system and boiler water treatment methods and systems. (vii) Engine cooling water system and injector cooling
water system. Detailed analysis of single line P&I diagram. (viii) Air Intake System: - oil bath filters - silencer
- over speed butter fly and pressure relief valves - air temperature control
methods. Detailed analysis of single line P&I diagram. (ix) Exhaust Gas System: - general flow diagram -
recovery boiler - exhaust gas regulating valves - silencer -expansion joint,
etc. (x) Compressed Air:- classification of compressors -
operation of single and multistage compressors - maintenance problems -
detailed analysis of P&I diagram of plant common air and unit control air
compressor systems. (xi) Governor: - governor components - basics of
hydraulic and mechanical governor - speed droop, governor oil, and
introduction to electronic governing - comparison with mechanical governor -
over speed shut down. (xii) Effluent Treatment Plant: - collection pit -
decantation pit - sludge pit - buffer pit - decanter unit - deoiler unit -
fuel recovery - coalescent filter. (xiii) Fuel and lube oil system:-detailed analysis of
P&I diagram of unit fuel oil system and lube oil system - viscosity
regulators. (xiv) Properties of Steam: - formation of steam,
definitions connected with steam - steam tables - Mollier diagrams
-classifications of boiler - waste heat recovery - detailed analysis of
P&I diagrams of common and unit steam systems. |
|
VII |
Various types of valves, traps, their constructional
details and application, cranes hoist characteristics and controls. |
4 |
VIII |
Construction and working principles of alternator and
excitation systems: (i) Alternator, Cooling Arrangements. (ii) Static Excitation System, Automatic voltage
regulator. (iii) Method of Grounding. |
4 |
IX |
D.C and A.C power supply for auxiliaries, arrangement
of unit and station switch cubicles, station lighting and automatic change
over. |
2 |
X |
Transformers - Main transformers, interconnecting transformers,
station/unit transformers, and neutral grounding transformers, parallel
operation of transformers, on load and off load tap changing gears. |
3 |
XI |
Outdoor switch yard :- Single line diagrams, bus bars,
circuit breakers, isolators, current and potential transformers, lightning
arrestors,, importance of earth mat grounding.. |
3 |
XII |
Indoor and Outdoor switch gear - Types - bulk oil, minimum oil, air blast, SF6, and
vacuum circuit breakers, construction and functional details |
3 |
XIII |
Working principles and basics of instrumentation and
measurements : Details of measuring instruments for pressure, flow,
temperature, level, vibration, eccentricity, conductivity, pH values,
differential expansion, current, voltage, frequency, active and reactive
power, energy, megger - its use, multimeter, data acquisition system, digital
distributed control, UPS, programmable logic controller. |
6 |
XIV |
Operation, control and supervision : (i) General startup procedure, manual and automatic
starting, change over to heavy fuel (ii) Operation of engine under different loading
conditions. (iii) Engine safety :- Crank case pressure, mist
concentration monitor, lube oil, ultra low pressure and high temperature,
jacket water high temperature, over speed tripping, common electrical faults,
turbo charger, lube oil outlet high temperature, fuel oil low pressure,
jacket water low pressure, engine inlet air high temperature, etc. (iv) Starting and running - in, of the engine after
overhaul -precautions. (v) Load reduction, normal stopping, and emergency
stopping, rinsing operations. (vi) Operation and supervision of running DG sets,
rinsing. (vii) Operating anomalies - causes and remedies. (viii) Precautions to be taken for restarting engine
after long period of immobilization. (ix) Alternator, synchronizing, loading, parallel
operation, MW and MVAR |
9 |
XV |
Controls and Protection :- Sequential operation and
inter locks -detailed study of logical diagrams of PLC, transformer
protection - differential, over load, earth fault, oil and winding high
temperature, Buchholz relay, etc., LT and HT motor electrical protection,
types of motors, variable speed drives and controls, generator protection -
under and over voltage, differential, reverse power, under excitation,
negative phase sequence, earth fault, etc., various types of pumps, their
starting and controls, neutral shift relay, etc. |
6 |
XVI |
Fire Fighting and emulsifier type of protection. |
1 |
XVII |
General Safety precautions, treatment of electrical or
acid or alkali burns, work permits, first aid, protective clothing, safety in
movement and storage of materials, switch yard safety. |
2 |
XVIII |
Indian Boiler Rules, Factory Act, Electricity Act,
2003, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other statutory Regulations concerning power
stations, Environmental Pollution Act/ Regulations. |
4 |
XIX |
General Plant Maintenance procedure, PERT/CPM methods,
power station records, maintenance planning. |
3 |
XX |
Efficiency and environment, plant performance,
generation cost, efficiency monitoring and optimization, stack emission
monitoring and ambient air quality, fuel and lube oil conservation and
minimization of auxiliary losses. Availability based tariff, CERC notification
on tariff. |
9 |
XXI |
Personnel management, duties and responsibilities,
labour laws and labour welfare. |
3 |
XXII |
Broad Principles of material management and inventory
control |
2 |
|
Total |
110 Hours = 4 Weeks |
XXIII |
On Job Training: (1) Control Room Desk Operations: (i) Prestart Checks. (ii) Protection and starting inter locks. (iii) Routine checks such as leakages, pressure,
temperatures, levels, operation of air, fuel, lube oil filters, checks for
lube oil flow in the engine and turbocharger, oil seal pressure, checks for
no water, no oil or fuel leaking from decompression cocks, checks for
abnormal noise, mist concentration, crank case pressure, starting air
pressure, cylinder temperature after running, bearing temperatures, |
2 Weeks |
|
starting firing sequence, (iv) Stopping under emergency conditions of engine,
generator and auxiliaries, rinsing operations (v) On site Electrical operation location and off site
plant locations. (vi) Simulator Training/Computer applications in operation
and maintenance of the plant. |
|
|
2. To be associated with field maintenance Engineers in
the area (i) Fuel handling and purifier (ii) Compressor and ETP (iii) JW, LO Seal Pumps and drive, chemical dosing
system (iv) JW, IW level controllers viscosity Regulations (v) Charge air Regulations, cyl. temp monitor (vi) Engine air modular protection including
calibration of inputs and setting of thresholds (vii) Starting air control equipment and firing
sequence. (viii) Steam system level controllers, calibration,
press controllers, boiler circulating water pumps, condensate transfer pumps,
etc. (ix) NDT and Welding |
2 Weeks |
Part IV
SYLLABUS FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE
COMBINED CYCLE GAS TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General Introduction: (i) World Power Scenario (ii) Growth of Power Industry in India (iii) Generation Scenario in India (iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in India (v) Role of Private Power Participants in India (vi) Organisation/Power Sector set up (vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specifications
for Electrical wiring |
3 |
II |
Concept of Gas Turbine: power generation from petroleum
fuels such as naphtha, gas, modular NGL Central Station and utility systems,
base load and peaking stations, concept of system, typical Open and Combined
cycles, parameters, heat rates, fuel rates, steam rates, typical heat balance
of gas turbine, waste heat recovery boiler and turbo generator. |
3 |
III |
Choice of location of large Gas Power Station: Site
availability, water requirements, fuel supply centers, air pollution,
topography. |
3 |
IV |
Plant layout in large central station including machine
arrangements, equipment layout, switchyard and auxiliary arrangements. |
2 |
V |
Constructional details and basic principles of gas
turbines. (i) Air filters (ii) Compressors (iii) Furnace chamber (iv) Gas turbine |
12 |
VI |
Gas Turbine Air Intake inlet air filtration, Exhaust
system and Compressor System, Gas turbine auxiliaries and governing system,
Air compressor and Air drawing system |
6 |
VII |
Construction and functional features of steam turbine
and auxiliaries, governing system, oil system, control valves |
6 |
VIII |
Construction and working principles of Alternators and
excitation systems: (i) Alternators, cooling arrangements (hydrogen/air
cooling), stator water cooling, hydrogen sealing system. (ii) Characteristic amplifier and magnetic amplifier,
static excitation system, Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR). (iii) Method of grounding. |
6 |
IX |
Fuel handling, storage and supply, fuel characteristic |
3 |
X |
General understanding of Basic flow diagrams in power
station practice: (i) Fuel cycle (ii) Air Cycle |
6 |
XI |
Direct and closed cooling water circuits, cooling
towers, types and characteristics. |
1 |
XII |
D.C. and A.C. power supply for auxiliaries,
arrangements of unit and station boards, station lighting and automatic
changeover. |
2 |
XIII |
Transformers: Main transformers, interconnecting
transformers, station/unit transformers, voltage grounding transformers, type
of connections, paralleling, tap changing gear. |
3 |
XIV |
Outdoor switchyard, single line diagrams, busbars,
circuit breakers, isolators, current transformers, potential transformers,
lightning arresters, grounding. |
3 |
XV |
Indoor and outdoor switch gear: Types - bulk oil,
minimum oil, air blast, SF6, and vacuum circuit breakers, construction and
functional details. |
3 |
XVI |
Working principle and basics of Instrumentation and
measurements: Details of measuring instruments for pressure, flow,
temperature, level, draught, vibration, eccentricity, conductivity, pH value,
differential expansion, oxygen analyzer, current, voltage, active power,
reactive power, frequency, energy, winding temperature. Auto-controllers, axial shift indicator and recorder,
flue gas |
8 |
|
analyzers, Megger - its use for primary detection of
faults, data acquisition system, digital distributed control, UPS, Unit
co-ordinated master control. |
|
XVII |
Precommissioning/Commissioning Activities |
4 |
XVIII |
Operation, control and supervision (i) General gas turbine start-up procedure. (ii) Operation of gas turbine under different loading
conditions. (iii) Analysis of water, fuel, at station laboratory. (iv) Demonstration wherever possible through simulators
of various operating conditions. (v) Handling of gas/steam turbine under failure
conditions (such as tripping of turbo-alternator set, failure of supply to
auxiliaries) and under emergency conditions such as grid failures, tube
failures, fire out, etc. (vi) General start up procedure for high-pressure
turbines from cold warm and hot conditions. (vii) Handling of turbine, generator and auxiliary
plant under failure conditions, and emergency conditions such as grid
failure. (viii) Alternator-synchronizing, loading, parallel
operations, MW and MVAR sharing. (ix) Water Treatment and water chemistry, R O System
and mesied bed, Boiler meter internal treatment |
22 |
XIX |
Controls and Protection - Sequential operation and
interlocks: (i) Unit protection and interlocks. (ii) Gas turbine and auxiliaries. (iii) Steam Turbine and auxiliaries. (iv) Combustion control-pressure, fuel, air cycle. (v) Turbine governing, speed setting, speed droop
setting and control circuits. (vi) Generator protection, under-voltage, over-voltage,
differential, reverse power, under-excitation, negative phase sequence, earth
fault and types of relays used. (vii) Importance of sequential inters locks. (viii) Transformer protection - differential,
overload,, earth faults, high temperature, Buchholz and types of relays used. (ix) LT/HT motor electrical protection (x) Types of motors and variable speed drive and speed
controls. (xi) Various types of pumps and their starting and
control. (xii) Steam pressure and temperature control including
automatic detection and alarm system for naphtha fuel handling / storage. (xiii) Furnace purging. |
18 |
XX |
Fire-fighting equipment and permanent fire fighting
appliances including automatic detection. |
1 |
XXI |
General safety precautions, treatment of electrical or
acid/ alkali burn, permit to work, first aid, protective clothing, safety in
movement and storage of materials, switchyard safety, safe handling of
naphtha fuel in transport, storage and in gas turbines. |
2 |
XXII |
Indian Boiler Rules, Factory Act, Electricity Act,
2003, Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 and other statutory Regulations concerning Power
Stations (General outline), Environmental Pollution Act/Regulations. |
4 |
XXIII |
General plant maintenance procedure, PERT/CPM methods,
power station records, maintenance planning. |
6 |
XXIV |
Efficiency and environment, plant performance,
generation cost, efficiency monitoring and optimization, stack emission
monitoring and ambient air quality. Availability Based Tariff, CERC
notification on Tariff, Gas Turbine Emission guidelines and control methods,
Non emission target levels, Power output allowance, Heat recovery allowance,
emission levels for other contaminants |
9 |
XXV |
Personnel management, duties and responsibilities,
labour laws and labour welfare. |
2 |
XXVI |
Broad Principles of material management and inventory
control |
2 |
|
Total |
140 Hours = 4? Weeks |
XXVII |
On Job Training: (1) Control room desk operations: (i) Pre- start checks, (ii) Protection interlocks, (iii) Light up procedures and routine checks, (iv) Stopping and emergency operation of Boiler,
Turbine, (v) Generators and their auxiliaries (vi) On site Electrical operation location and off-site
plant location |
7 Weeks |
|
2. Simulator training/Computer application in operation
and maintenance of the plant |
1 Week |
Part V
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE COAL BASED
THERMAL POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Boiler: Corrosion of boiler and auxiliaries, condenser and feed
water heating plant, Scale formation in boiler in relation to water
conditions. |
4 |
II |
Acid cleaning and preservation of boiler, mechanical
removal of deposits, scaffolding methods, quick-erect scaffolding in (sic),
ultra-sonic thickness survey. High pressure water jet equipment |
6 |
III |
Annual boiler and auxiliaries overhaul- hydraulic test,
floating of safety valves, preventive and breakdown maintenance of boiler
auxiliaries, cutting of tubes and welding, ultrasonic testing and stress
relieving. |
12 |
IV |
Efficient operation of boilers- interpretation of gas
analysis for proper combustion controls and methods of reducing other losses. |
8 |
V |
Constructional details of hydraulic and other types of
couplings, torque converters, servo motor. |
3 |
VI |
Constructional details of various types of pumps, their
drives and automatic starting, air-conditioning. Constructional details of
various types of draught fans, their drives and automatic starting. Types of
wear on fans and pumps and their effects, detection of unbalance in fans and
pumps, instruments for measuring vibrations, vibration analysis and dynamic
balancing procedures, noise measurements and control. |
9 |
VII |
Coal handling plant: (i) Sequential Operation. (ii) Conveyor and conveyor drives. (iii) Tensioning arrangements. (iv) Maintenance of guide rollers/idlers. (v) Sway switches/slip switches. (vi) Beetle charger for wagon marshalling. (vii) Wagon tipplers and coal crushers, weighing of
coal, different types of weighing bridges and meters, coal storage problems
and prevention of spontaneous combustion. Sampling of coal/British Standards
Specification/Indian Standards Specification, procedure and proximate
analysis. (viii) Belt jointing methods-vulcanising, mechanical
clamping, etc. |
12 |
|
(ix) Stacker re-claimer. (x) Vibrating feeders, vibrating screens. (xi) Magnetic separators. (xii) Coal crushers. |
JT |
VIII |
(i) Working principle and construction of water
treatment plant. (ii) Water treatment-hardness, pH value, clarifiers,
treatment, phosphate and hydrazine dosing, base exchangers. (iii) DG sets and compressors |
6 |
IX |
Annual overhaul and inspection of turbine and auxiliary
plant, condenser tube cleaning, maintenance of pumps, lubrication system,
recycling of lubricating oil and selection of lubricant, condenser tube
materials- wear and tear and effect of local water conditions, types of
failure, detection, preventive maintenance and re-tubing of condensers,
Maintenance of LP / HP heaters and de-aerators. |
9 |
X |
(i) Maintenance practice - Rigging and slinging, valve
grinding methods, high pressure welding heat insulation methods, pipe work,
alignments, bearing, scraping and matching practice, radiography and stress
relieving methods. Anti-friction bearings and their installation and
lubrication. Non destructive testing and principles, procedures and
application. Welding techniques and equipment. (ii) Lubrication principles and their characteristic. |
12 |
XI |
Indian Boiler Regulations and other statutory
Regulations. |
2 |
XII |
Workshop, types and use of hand tools and tackles,
fabrication of spares, repairs and maintenance of mechanical equipments such
as vehicles, tractors, dozers, shunters, cranes and hoists, welding -modern
techniques and their applications in maintenance of boilers, turbine and
associated plant |
10 |
XIII |
Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering
materials used in power stations. |
6 |
XIV |
Residual life assessment and extension methods |
6 |
XV |
Mechanical safety rules and policies |
4 |
XVI |
Maintenance planning and spares inventory,
productivity, cost control. |
6 |
XVII |
Simulator Training |
60 |
|
Total |
175 Hours = 6 Weeks |
XVIII |
On Job Training: To be associated with field maintenance Engineers in
the area of: (i) Pressure parts maintenance (ii) Rotary equipment maintenance (iii) Pumps and drive maintenance (iv) NDT and welding (v) Turbine and auxiliaries maintenance |
4 weeks |
Part VI
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDE OF DIESEL ENGINE
BASED POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Constructional details of hydraulic and other types of
couplings, torque converters - servo motor. |
2 |
II. |
Constructional details of various types of pumps, their
drives and automatic starting, air conditioning. Constructional details of
various types of ventilation fans, and automatic starting, types of wear on
fans and pumps and their effects, detection of unbalance in fans and pumps.
Instruments for measuring vibrations, vibration analysis and dynamic
balancing procedures, noise measurements and control. |
5 |
III. |
Fuel handling plant: Detailed operation and maintenance
of fuel s??? k yard, fuel purifiers,
heat tracing, transfer pumps, settling and service tank, etc., |
2 |
IV. |
(i) Water Treatment - quality of water, dozing of
chemicals for cooling water and boiler water. Study and effects of water
quality parameters. (ii) Compressors. |
3 |
V. |
Scheduled Overhaul and inspection of engine and
auxiliaries of the Plant: (i) Scheduled engine maintenance works required at 1500
hours, 3000 hours, 6000 hours, 12000 hours and 24000 hours; maintenance
procedures of lubricating oil pumps, jacket water pump, etc., recycling of
lubricating oil and monitoring of lube oil parameters. (ii) Types of failures in the engine, break down
maintenance, carrying out hydraulic tests on cylinder heads, exhaust valves
etc., calibration of injectors and fuel oil pumps (iii) Maintenance of Turbocharger, dismantling,
checking the bearings, Compressor wheel, turbine shaft and blades, cleaning,
measurement of clearances on the compressor as well as on the turbine side,
before and after dismantling. Turbo charger washing methods. (iv) Routine checking of oil pressure, water pressure,
inlet and outlet temperature, operating condition monitoring, types of
failures and detection, scheduled maintenance works |
15 |
|
such as bowl cleaning, replacement of clutch shoes,
vertical and horizontal bearing, de-sludging operation, starting and stopping
of separators. |
|
VI |
Maintenance practice, valve grinding, lapping, high
pressure welding, heat insulation methods, pipe work and alignments. Motor
and pump coupling alignments, bearing, scraping and matching practice,
radiography and stress relieving methods, antifriction bearings and their
installation and lubrication. Non destructive testing and principles,
procedures and application. Welding techniques and equipments. Replacing of
oil seals and bearings, reconditioning of inlet valves, exhaust valve, fuel
pumps, etc., maintenance of boiler circulating and condensate transfer pumps,
recovery, boiler backwash, etc. |
9 |
VII. |
Workshop, types and use of hand tools and tackles,
fabrication of spares, repairs and maintenance of mechanical equipment such
as fork lifts, cranes, hoists, welding - modern techniques and their
applications. |
2 |
VIII. |
Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering
materials used in power stations. |
5 |
IX |
Residual life assessment and extension methods. |
6 |
X |
Mechanical safety rules and policies. |
4 |
XI |
Maintenance planning and spares inventory,
productivity, cost control. |
8 |
|
Total |
61 Hours = 2 Weeks |
Part VII
SPECIALIZED SYLLABUS
FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE COMBINED
CYCLE GAS TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Waste heat recovery boiler: Corrosion of boiler and feed water heating plant, scale
formation in boiler in relation to water conditions. |
6 |
II |
Acid cleaning and preservation of boiler, mechanical
removal of deposits, auxiliary cooling water system, by pass stack and its
features. |
3 |
III |
Constructional details of hydraulic and other types of
couplings, torque converters, servo motor. |
6 |
IV |
Constructional details of various types of pumps, their
drives and automatic starting, air-conditioning, various types of draught
fans, their drives and automatic starting. |
3 |
V |
Types of wear on fans and pumps and their effects,
detection of unbalance in fans and pumps, instruments for measuring
vibrations, vibration analysis and dynamic balancing procedures, noise
measurements and control. |
5 |
VI |
(i) Water treatment- hardness, pH value, clarifiers,
treatment, phosphate and hydrazine dosing, base exchangers. (ii) DG sets and compressors. |
6 |
VII |
Power cycle, piping, fittings, valves and thermal
insulation, Gas turbine overhaul procedures. |
6 |
VIII |
Annual overhaul and inspection of turbine and auxiliary
plant, condenser tube cleaning, maintenance of pumps lubrication system,
recycling of lubricating oil and selection of lubricant, condenser tube
materials- wear and tear and effect of local water conditions, types of
failure, detection, preventive maintenance and re-tubing of condensers. |
12 |
IX |
Maintenance practice - Rigging and slinging, valve
grinding methods, high pressure welding, heat insulation methods, pipe work,
alignments, bearing, scraping and matching practice, radiography and stress
relieving methods. Anti-friction bearings and their installation and
lubrication. Non destructive testing and principles, procedures and
application. Welding techniques. Alignment methods. |
10 |
X |
Indian Boiler Regulations and other statutory
Regulations. |
2 |
XI |
Workshop, types and use of hand tools and tackles,
fabrication of spares, repairs and maintenance of mechanical equipments such
as vehicles, tractors, dozers, shunters, cranes and hoists, welding - modern
techniques and their applications in maintenance of boilers, turbines and
associated plant. |
6 |
XII |
Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering
materials used in power stations. |
2 |
XIII |
Residual life assessment and extension
methods/Mechanical safety rules and policies |
3 |
XIV |
Maintenance planning and spares inventory, productivity,
cost control. |
6 |
|
Total |
76 Hours = 2? Weeks |
XV |
On Job Training: To be associated with field maintenance Engineers in
the area of: (i) Pressure parts maintenance (ii) Rotary equipment maintenance (iii) Pumps and drive maintenance (iv) NDT and welding (v) Turbine and auxiliaries maintenance. (vi) Steam and Gas turbine maintenance: Inspection of
combustion chamber, replacement of liners, air filters, acid and alkaline
cleaning of water coolers, NDT, governor bearing inspections, exhaust area inspection,
replacement of guide vanes, cleaning of blade cooling passage, maintenance of
bleed valves, compressor cleaning. |
4 weeks |
Part VIII
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE ELECTRICAL SIDE OF COAL, DIESEL
ENGINE AND GAS TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Maintenance and commissioning of generators, excitation
system, generator seals, Generator protection- earth fault in rotor and
stator, negative phase sequence, loss of excitation, differential protection,
back up protection, reverse power protection, under-voltage protection,
overload protection, constructional details of the relays used, method of
setting and their testing, and over heating of rotors. |
12 |
II |
Motor maintenance |
4 |
III |
Transformer protection - Buchholz relay, over current,
differential and earth fault protection, types of relays used, their
construction, testing and settings. |
3 |
IV |
Transformer commissioning, di-electric strength of oil,
insulation resistance, tap changers, filtration of oil, pre-commissioning
testing. Tan-Delta resistivity of oil and preventive maintenance of
transformers, dissolved gas analysis. |
3 |
V |
Circuit breakers, commissioning and maintenance,
isolators, disconnectors, bus bar arrangements, charging, synchronising with
the grid, disconnecting for repairs, maintenance of switchgear contactors. |
4 |
VI |
Maintenance of equipments in the outdoor switchyard,
current transformers, potential transformers and lightning arrestors,
operation and maintenance. Bus differential protection. |
4 |
VII |
Thermography monitoring |
2 |
VIII |
Line protection, fault analysis, bus-bar and local
breaker back-up protection (LBB). |
4 |
IX |
Cables - control cables, layouts of equipments at
voltage exceeding 650V, testing and maintenance. |
4. |
X |
Principle of electronic controls and transistorised
circuits. |
5 |
XI |
Pneumatic and di-electric transmitters and receivers,
servomotors. |
6 |
XII |
Interlocking, sequential control circuits, details of
components used. |
7 |
XIII |
Calibration and testing of various types of instruments
-indicating instruments, measuring instruments, recorders, and analysers. |
8 |
XIV |
Statutory Electricity Acts and Rules and permit
procedure |
4 |
XV |
Starting and control equipments of various types of motors,
station battery-care and maintenance, trickle charging and extended charging,
operation and maintenance of rectifiers and battery chargers, UPS, emergency
power supply. |
10 |
XVI |
Economic load dispatch, power system control and
operation, MVAR-control, voltage Regulation and frequency control, capacitors
and reactors, islanding schemes, carrier current equipments, telephones,
telemetering. |
8 |
XVII |
Station Emergency lighting arrangements. |
1 |
XVIII |
Simulator Training |
30 |
|
Total |
119 Hours = 4 Weeks |
XIX |
|
4 weeks |
|
On Job Training (Applicable only for Engineers and
Supervisors engaged on Coal and Gas Turbine based plants): To be associated with field electrical maintenance in
the area of: (i) HT/LT motors (ii) Transformer maintenance (iii) AC/DC supply systems, station batteries and DG
sets (iv) Generator/ excitation systems (v) Switchyard / switchgear equipment maintenance |
|
Part IX
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF COAL,
DIESEL ENGINE AND GAS TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of temperature measurement devices: (i) Resistance thermometers, thermocouples (ii) Recorders, indicators (iii) Transmitters. |
4 |
II. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of pressure measurement devices: (i) Diaphragm gauges, Bourdon gauges (ii) Recorders, indicators (iii) Transmitters. |
4 |
III |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of flow measurement devices: (i) Positive, semi-positive, rate and differential
pressure flow meters (ii) Recorders and indicators (iii) Transmitters. |
4 |
IV. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of level measurement devices: (i) Dip-sticks, sight glass, pressure gauge bellows /
diaphragm, float, buoyancy, gas purge, differential pressure and capacitance
type level measurement system (ii) Recorders and indicators (iii) Transmitters. |
4 |
V. |
Telemetering and signal conditioning - pneumatic
systems, electrical systems, electronic systems and maintenance aspects. |
3 |
VI. |
Basic electronics - Component familiarisation and
various types of circuits, microprocessors |
2 |
VII. |
Turbovisory instruments - their basic principles,
application and calibration: (i) Eccentricity and vibration, its interpretation and
measurements, different pick-ups, their location, etc. (ii) Use of vibration instruments and analysis,
differential expansion, measurement and interpretation, different pick-ups,
their location, etc., overall thermal expansion |
6 |
|
measurements, axial shift position measurements, valve
position and servo motor position indicators, differential metal temperature
measurements, turbine stress evaluators |
|
VIII. |
Actuators: Operating principles of pneumatic, hydraulic and
electrical actuators and their control mechanisms, maintenance, inspection
and testing aspects. |
2 |
IX |
Analytical instruments: Theory and working principles- steam/ water analysers,
like conductivity, pH, Na, NH3, Hydrazine etc., theory and working principles
of combustion monitoring instruments such as CO2, O2, etc., interpretation of
the above parameters to the operating regimes of the plant. |
4 |
X |
HP/LP bypass and PRDS system: Piping schematic with details of various valves and
transmitters, Equipment details - mechanical and electrical, Control
philosophy, Pre-commissioning checks and commissioning procedures. |
6 |
XI. |
Instrument air system: Air Supplier, piping and piping layout, air
purification and conditioning, basic theory and working principles of
pneumatic transmitters and secondary instruments, theory and working
principles of E/P converters and valve positioners |
2 |
XII. |
Control and Instrumentation scheme tracing:
Instrumentation and control scheme of fuel, air, flue gas, feed water and
steam systems including their measurements |
9 |
XIII. |
(i) Furnace Safeguard Supervisory System (FSSS), plant
equipment protection and interlock system. (not applicable for DG Plant and
Gas Turbine based Plant) (ii) Automatic turbine run-up system (ATRS), analog and
digital controllers. (not applicable for DG Plant) |
9 |
XIV. |
Data acquisition system/digital distributed control
(DDC), UPS, control room layout |
6 |
|
Total |
65 Hours = 2 Weeks |
XV |
On Job Training: |
|
|
(Applicable only for Engineers/Supervisors engaged on
Coal and Gas Turbine based plants) (i) Control system - basic principles, constructional
features, calibration, preventive maintenance and |
3 weeks |
|
trouble shooting of analog control systems, level,
flow, pressure and temperature control systems, component / cards used in
control systems, static and dynamic timing, control valves and dampers |
|
|
(ii) Data acquisition system or distributed digital
control system - basic principles, constructional features, calibration,
preventive maintenance and trouble shooting of digital and analog inputs to
DAS and their conditioning, I/O and interface, functioning of alarms,
monitoring formats and logs, sequence of events |
1 week |
Part X
SYLLABUS FOR
TECHNICIANS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COAL BASED THERMAL
POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Numbers of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Power plant familiarisation |
6 |
II |
Fundamental units and their conversion (mechanical,
electrical, thermo-dynamic). |
2 |
III |
Engineering drawing and practice. |
6 |
IV. |
Fuels and combustion, types of fuels - their properties
and testing, requirement of efficient combustion |
4 |
V. |
Boiler and boiler house plant and auxiliaries : (i) General description (ii) Arrangement of boilers (iii) Boiler auxiliaries (iv) Boiler instrumentation (v) Fabrication and assembly of different parts of
boiler and its accessories (vi) High pressure welding in boilers (vii) Arrangement of pulverised fuel boiler in a modern
thermal power station (viii) Operation appreciation (start-up, running and
shutdown) |
16 |
VI. |
Water conditioning, pre-treatment and demineralisation,
water chemistry. |
4 |
VII. |
Ash handling- electrostatic precipitation and
mechanical dust collector- functions and description of two types. |
2 |
VIII. |
Turbine and turbine house auxiliaries. (i) Fundamental principle of steam turbine (ii) Theory and operation of steam turbine (iii) Governing and protection of turbine (iv) Operation appreciation (start-up, running and
shutdown) |
12 |
IX. |
Handling of turbines and boilers under emergency
conditions. |
4 |
X. |
Condenser and vacuum extraction plant: (i) Purpose and function (ii) Construction of surface condenser and vacuum pumps |
3 |
XI. |
Regenerative feed water heating, constructional details
of low pressure and high pressure feed water heaters, de-aerators and
evaporators. |
2 |
XII. |
Cooling water systems and cooling towers. |
1 |
XIII. |
Flow diagrams of basic cycles and scheme tracing : (i) Coal handling. (ii) Steam and condensate (iii) Ash and slag handling (iv) Station services - domestic water, air
conditioning, ventilation, lifts (v) Air services, air compressors, switchgear (vi) Bearing cooling, and general service water system (vii) Circulating water system (viii) Feed water and reheating plant (ix) Fuel oil system (x) Station batteries and battery charging equipment (xi) Station lighting, power supply and distribution
boards. |
16 |
XIV. |
Mechanical appreciation -- correct use of machines,
tools and tackles, gauges, fits and clearances, tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding, bearings, gears and thread, fasteners |
6 |
XV. |
Bearings types, installation and removal procedures and
maintenance of clearances and tolerances, oil seals types, their applications
and clearances. |
2 |
XVI. |
Lubrication and cooling principles. |
2 |
XVII. |
Station instrumentation and controls. |
8 |
XVIII. |
Fire-fighting installations in thermal power station. |
3 |
XIX. |
Electric shocks, first aid, acid burn, alkali wounds,
chlorine gas poisoning and their treatment. |
3 |
XX. |
Duties and responsibilities of operators and plant
attendants, carrying out instructions, reporting to supervisors, recording
and reading unusual occurrences, expected behavior, discipline, sincerity,
cleanliness and love for machines. |
2 |
XXI |
Personnel safety equipment, cleanliness, caution and
care in power station working. |
1 |
XXII. |
How electricity is generated, transmitted and
distributed i.e. generator to Consumer service board. |
2 |
XXIII |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current generators and their parallel operation. |
2 |
XXIV |
Principle and working of transformers and their
parallel operation |
1 |
XXV. |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current motors, their speed characteristics, controls. |
2 |
XXVI. |
Storage battery- principle, construction and charging. |
1 |
XXVII |
Alternator cooling - different systems of cooling,
advantages of hydrogen cooling over others, hydrogen plant. Total |
2 115 Hours = 4 Weeks |
Part XI
SYLLABUS FOR
TECHNICIANS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE DIESEL ENGINE BASED
POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Power plant familiarization. |
8 |
II. |
Fundamental units and their conversion and measurement
(mechanical, electrical, thermodynamic) |
4 |
III. |
Engineering drawing and practice |
6 |
IV |
Fuels and combustion, types of fuels - their properties
and testing, requirements of efficient combustion. |
8 |
V. |
Diesel Engine and Auxiliaries : |
24 |
|
(i) General description (ii) Arrangement of engine (iii) Engine auxiliaries (iv) Assembly of different parts of engine and its
accessories (v) Engine instrumentation (vi) Operation appreciation (start up, running and shut
down). |
|
VI |
Water conditioning, pre treatment and demineralization. |
6 |
VII |
Effluent treatment, plant functions and description,
importance of treatment plant. |
4 |
VIII |
Turbochargers: (i) Fundamental principles of turbocharger (ii) Theory and operation of turbocharger (iii) Monitoring and protection of turbocharger |
6 |
IX |
Handling of Engine under Emergency conditions. |
6 |
X |
Fuel oil and lube oil separators: (i) Purpose and function (ii) Operation and maintenance of separators |
6 |
XI |
Cooling water system and radiators. |
2 |
XII |
Flow Diagrams of basic cycles and scheme tracing. (i) Fuel handling. (ii) Fuel oil system (HFO and Diesel oil) (iii) Jacket water cooling system (iv) Lube oil system (v) Air intake system (vi) Engine cooling water system (vii) Exhaust gas system (viii) Station services, domestic water, air
conditioning, ventilation, lifts, etc. (ix) Air services, air compressor (x) Steam system and heat tracing of fuel pipes (xi) Station batteries and battery charging equipments (xii) Station lighting, power supply and distribution
boards, switch gear. |
24 |
XIII |
Mechanical application - correct use of machines, tools
and tackles, gauges, fits and clearances, tolerances, brazing, soldering and
welding bearings, gears and thread, fasteners. |
6 |
XIV |
Station instrumentation and controls. |
8 |
XV |
Fire fighting installation in D.G. power station. |
2 |
XVI |
Electric shocks, first aid, acid burns, alkali wounds/chlorine
gas poisoning and their treatment. |
3 |
XVII |
Duties and responsibilities of operators and plant
attendants in carrying out instructions, reporting to supervisors, recording,
reading unusual occurrences, expected behaviour, discipline, sincerity,
cleanliness and love for machines. |
3 |
XVIII |
Safety equipment and personal cleanliness, cautions and
cares in power station working. |
3 |
XIX |
How electricity is generated, transmitted and
distributed i.e. generator to Consumer service board. |
2 |
XX |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current generators and their parallel operation |
2 |
XXI |
Principle and working of transformers and their
parallel operation |
2 |
XXII |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current motors, their speed characteristics and control. |
2 |
XXIII |
Storage battery- principle, construction, boost
charging, float charging and importance of DC in DG power plant |
3 |
|
Total |
140 Hours = 5 Weeks |
Part XII
SYLLABUS FOR
TECHNICIANS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COMBINED CYCLE GAS
TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Gas Power plant familiarization |
8 |
II. |
Fundamental units and their conversion (Mechanical,
electrical, thermo-dynamic). |
2 |
III. |
Engineering drawing and practice. |
6 |
IV. |
Fuels and combustion types of fuels - their properties
and testing, requirement of efficient combustion |
4 |
V. |
Gas turbine and WHRB (i) General description. (ii) Arrangement of Gas turbines (iii) WHRB (Waste Heat Recovery Boiler) (iv) Instrumentation and Control system (v) Fabrication and assembly of different parts of gas
turbine and its accessories. (vi) High pressure welding. (vii) Fuel storage and transport arrangement. (viii) Operation appreciation (start-up, running and
shutdown) |
20 |
VI. |
Water conditioning, pre-treatment and demineralisation. |
4 |
VII. |
Steam turbine and turbine house auxiliaries. |
12 |
|
(i) Fundamental principle of steam turbine (ii) Theory and operation of steam turbine (iii) Arrangement of steam turbine. (iv) Governing and protection of turbine. (v) Operation appreciation (start-up, running and
shutdown) |
|
VIII. |
Handling of gas turbine, steam turbine and WHRB |
4 |
IX. |
Condenser and vacuum extraction plant: (i) Purpose and function. (ii) Construction of surface condenser and vacuum pumps |
3 |
X. |
Cooling water systems and cooling towers. |
1 |
XI. |
Flow diagrams of basic cycles and scheme tracing : (i) Steam and condensate (ii) Station services, domestic water, air
conditioning, ventilation, lifts (iii) Air services, air compressors, switchgear. (iv) Bearing cooling and general service water system. (v) Circulating water system. (vi) Feed water system (vii) Fuel oil system (viii) Station batteries and battery charging equipment (ix) Station lighting, power supply and distribution
boards |
18 |
XII. |
Mechanical appreciation - correct use of machines,
tools and tackles, gauges, fits and clearances, tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding, bearings, gears and thread, fasteners |
6 |
XIII. |
Station instrumentation and controls. |
8 |
XIV. |
Fire-fighting installations in thermal power station. |
2 |
XV. |
Electric shocks, first aid, acid burn, alkali wounds,
chlorine gas poisoning and their treatment. |
3 |
XVI. |
Duties and responsibilities of operators and plant
attendants, carrying out instructions, reporting to supervisors, recording
reading unusual occurrences, expected behavior, discipline, sincerity,
cleanliness and love for machines. |
3 |
XVII. |
Safety of personnel and equipment, cleanliness, caution
and care in power station working. |
3 |
XVIII. |
How electricity is generated, transmitted and
distributed i.e. generator to Consumer service board. |
2 |
XIX. |
Fundamental units, conversion and measurement of
electrical quantities. |
1 |
XX. |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current generators and their parallel operation. |
2 |
XXI. |
Principle and working of transformers and their
parallel operation |
2 |
XXII. |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current motors, their speed characteristics, controls. |
2 |
XXIII. |
Storage battery- principle, construction and charging. |
1 |
XXIV. |
Alternator cooling, different systems of cooling, advantages
of hydrogen cooling over others, hydrogen plant. |
2 |
|
Total |
119 Hours = 4 Weeks |
Part XIII
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE COAL AND GAS TURBINE BASED
POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Types of bearings, oil seals and their uses. |
4 |
II. |
Types of valves, safety valve, suction valve, delivery
valve, non-return valve, bypass valve, drain valve, air release valve,
control valve, float operated valve, solenoid operated and pneumatically
operated valve and their applications. |
15 |
III. |
Efficiency loss in boiler/turbine cycle |
4 |
IV. |
Interpretation of instrument reading and accurate
logging |
2 |
V. |
Marking and measuring, workshop practice, welding and
gas cutting, pipe fitting methods |
5 |
VI. |
Pump maintenance |
5 |
VII. |
Shaft alignment methods |
4 |
VIII. |
Drives maintenance, keys |
4 |
IX. |
Insulation types and applications |
2 |
X. |
Mechanical safety |
4 |
XI. |
Vulcanizing |
2 |
XII. |
Couplings - different types- rigid, flexible, magnetic
and fluid couplings. |
3 |
XIII. |
Clutches - different types and uses. |
2 |
XIV. |
Maintenance of pneumatic measuring instruments,
servomotors, power cylinders and other thermostats, Monistats. |
4 |
XV. |
Maintenance of instruments, recorders, clocks. |
4 |
XVI. |
Vibrations - general knowledge of their causes,
effects, remedies, measurement and balancing. |
8 |
|
Total |
72 Hours = 2? Weeks |
XVII. |
On Job Training in above areas with hands on practicals |
16 Weeks |
Part XIV
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE DIESEL ENGINE BASED POWER
PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Types of bearings and their uses. |
3 |
II |
Types of valves, safety valve, suction valve, delivery
valve, non return valve, bypass valve, drain valve, air release valve,
control valve, float operated valve, solenoid operated and pneumatically
operated valve and their applications. |
5 |
III |
Efficiency computation in Diesel Engine. |
4 |
IV |
Interpreting instrument reading and accurate logging. |
2 |
V |
Marking and measuring, workshop practice, welding and
gas cutting, pipe fitting methods. |
4 |
VI |
Pumps maintenance. |
4 |
VII |
Shaft alignment methods. |
4 |
VIII |
Drives maintenance keys |
4 |
IX |
Insulation types and applications. |
2 |
X |
Mechanical safety |
4 |
XI |
Vulcanizing |
2 |
XII |
Coupling- different types, rigid, flexible, magnetic
and fluid couplings. |
2 |
XIII |
Clutches- different types and uses |
2 |
XIV |
Maintenance of pneumatic measuring instruments,
servomotors, power cylinders and other thermostats, monostats. |
4 |
XV |
Maintenance of instruments, recorders, clocks |
4 |
XVI |
Vibration - general knowledge of their causes, effects,
remedies, measurement and balancing. Total |
8 58 Hours = 2 Weeks |
XVII |
On job Training in above areas with hands on practicals |
8 Weeks |
Part XV
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON ELECTRICAL SIDE OF THE COAL, DIESEL ENGINE AND GAS
TURBINE ______________________BASED POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Alarm systems - visual and audible. |
2 |
II. |
Isolators, circuit breakers and contactors. |
3 |
III. |
Earthing and neutral grounding, necessity of, methods
for, safety rules while handling electrical equipments. Reading electrical
circuit diagrams |
4 |
IV |
Motor winding and repairs. |
4 |
V |
Maintenance of internal telephones and public address
systems. |
3 |
VI |
Meggering and testing of wiring and cable faults. |
3 |
VII |
Maintenance of electrical motors. |
3 |
VIII |
Maintenance of electrical switchgears. |
8 |
IX |
Fuses- re-wireable type, cartridges type, high
rupturing capacity fuse, constructional features of fuse and fuse sockets,
knife type high rupturing capacity fuses, use of pullers for insertion and
removal, colour code for fuse ratings. |
8 |
X |
Motor starters and their applications - direct-on-line,
star -delta, rotor resistance, contactors and relays |
5 |
XI |
Meggers, avometers, voltmeters, ammeters, watt meters,
energy meters- general information about their use. |
6 |
XII |
Maintenance of batteries and rectifiers |
3 |
XIII. |
Maintenance of transformers and tap changers. |
6 |
XIV. |
Laying and jointing of cables of voltage up to 250 V
and exceeding 250 V but not exceeding 650 V. |
4 |
XV. |
Panel wiring methods, connections, earthing principles
of operation of small distribution transformers. |
2 |
XVI |
Current and potential transformers, purpose, connection
and use. |
2 |
XVII |
Various types of drives. |
2 |
XVIII |
Elementary knowledge of Engineering materials and their
properties. |
2 |
XIX |
Lubrication and cooling system |
4 |
|
Total |
74 Hours = 2 ? Weeks |
XX |
On Job Training in above areas with hands on
practicals: (i) Technicians engaged on coal and gas based Power
Plants. |
16 Weeks |
|
(ii) Technicians engaged on Diesel engine based Power Plants. |
8 Weeks |
Part XVI
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
TECHNICIANS ENGAGED ON INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF THE COAL, DIESEL ENGINE AND GAS
TURBINE BASED POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Pressure gauges - Bourdon type gauge, manometer, vacuum
-gauge, barometer, principles of operation, absolute pressure, gauge and
vacuum pressure, and their inter-relationship, calibration. |
5 |
II |
Temperature indicators, mercury thermometers,
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, pyrometers, gas thermometers
temperature alarm, calibration. |
4 |
III |
Level gauges - different types - level alarm,
calibration. |
3 |
IV |
Flow meters - steam and water, general principles,
calibration. Instrument workshop practice - multi meters, megger |
3 |
V |
Electronic circuit diagram study, drilling, soldering,
use of resistance bridge and workshop potentiometer. |
6 |
VI |
Electronics - components, oscilloscope, power supply,
signal generator applications, logics and timers. |
8 |
VII |
Telemetering and signal conditioning, transducers,
thresholds, transmitters and their calibration. |
12 |
VIII |
Instrument air control systems |
2 |
IX |
Actuator maintenance. |
4 |
X |
Analytical instruments. |
3 |
XI |
Furnace safeguard supervisory instruments, turbovisory
instruments. (Not applicable in case of Diesel engine based power plants and
gas turbine based power plants.) |
6 |
XII |
Instrument fault finding |
2 |
XIII |
Familiarisation of data acquisition system /
distributed digital control. |
3 |
XIV |
Power supplies and alarm system |
6 |
XV |
Safety precautions |
1 |
|
Total |
68 Hours = 2 ? Weeks |
XVI |
On Job Training in above areas with hands on practicals (i) Technicians engaged on coal and gas based Power
Plants. |
16 Weeks |
|
(ii) Technicians engaged on Diesel engine based Power
Plants. |
8 Weeks |
Part XVII
SYLLABUS FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE HYDRO
ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General Introduction: (i) World Power Scenario (ii) Growth of Power Industry in India (iii) Generation Scenario in India (iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in India (v) Role of Private Power Participants in India (vi) Organisation / Power Sector set up (vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specifications
for Electrical wiring |
5 |
II |
Concept of modern hydro station: Types of stations, their role in the power systems,
base load, and peaking load, run-off-the river, storage type and pumped
storage power plants, concept of unit, typical surface and underground hydro
power stations. |
3 |
III |
Choice of location of large hydro station: water
availability land availability, selection of installed capacity, selection of
type of turbine, choice of size of generating units. |
3 |
IV |
Hydraulic system, reservoir, storage capacity,
operation of reservoirs, dams and barrages, intake, surge tank, power
tunnels/channel, fore bay and pens??? ks,
pressure shaft, tail race and tail race tunnel/channel, protection against
water hammer and negative pressure in pens???
ks and suction head. Dewatering of water conductor systems. |
3 |
V |
Plant lay out in hydro stations above 25MW capacity
including machine arrangement, equipment, switchyard and auxiliary
arrangements. |
3 |
VI |
Constructional details and working principles of valves
-butterfly, spherical, needle etc. (i) Requirements and principle of operation (ii) Type and selection criteria of valves and their
operation and control. |
3 |
VII |
Constructional details and working principles of hydro
mechanical equipments. (i) Requirements and principle of operation. (ii) Type and selection criteria of hydro mechanical
equipments and their operation and control. |
3 |
VIII |
Constructional details and working principles of
turbines and auxiliaries. (i) Principle of operation, types and characteristics
of turbines (ii) Choice, rating and specifications of turbines (iii) Components of turbines and their design (iv) Type of governors - hydraulic and electronic (v) Guide bearing and shaft seal arrangements |
12 |
IX |
Working principles, characteristics and operation of auxiliary
systems. (1) Unit Auxiliaries (i) Oil pressure units (ii) HP lubrication system (iii) Braking and jacking system (iv) Central grease lubrication system (v) Carbon dust collection system for slip rings,
exciters and brake pads. (vi) Cooling water system. |
9 |
|
(2) Common Auxiliaries (i) EOT cranes and hoists (ii) Ventilation system (iii) Air conditioning system (iv) Compressed air system (v) Drinking water system (vi) Sewerage system (vii) Elevator/lifts (viii) Dewatering and drainage system (ix) Communication systems |
|
X |
Constructional details and working principles of
alternators and excitation systems. (i) Alternators, characteristics and rating, types of
winding, bearing arrangements, cooling arrangements (ii) Main and pilot exciters, voltage regulators, types
and characteristics, amplifier and magnetic amplifier, static excitation
system, Automatic Voltage Regulation (AVR) (iii) Methods of grounding (iv) Generator - transformer connections |
12 |
XI |
DC and AC power supply for auxiliaries, arrangement of
unit auxiliary and station service boards, station lighting and automatic
changeover. Station batteries and charging methods. Standby and emergency
power and lighting systems. |
5 |
XII |
Transformers: Main transformers, station/unit
transformers, grounding transformers, type of connections, tap changer gear,
cooling arrangements, size selection of main transformers, parallel operation
and Regulation. |
5 |
XIII |
Out door switchyard, bus bar arrangements, single line
diagram, circuit breakers, isolators, current transformers, potential
transformers, lightning arrestors, wave traps, coupling capacitor, LMU and
three element protection devices, grounding arrangements. |
3 |
XIV |
Indoor and out door switch gear: Types: MCB, bulk oil,
minimum oil, air blast, vacuum, SF6 breakers, constructional-functional
details and characteristics. |
12 |
XV |
SF6 gas filled EHV switchgear |
4 |
XVI |
(i) Working principle and basis of instrumentation and
measurements: Detail of measuring instruments for pressure, flow,
temperature, level, vibration, alignment and current, voltage, power,
reactive power, frequency, energy, winding temperature, auto controllers,
recorder, Megger- its use for primary detection of faults, data acquisition
system, digital distributed control, UPS, unit co-ordinate master control. (ii) Testing of electrical and mechanical testing
equipments |
14 |
XVII |
Control and protection - sequential operation and
interlocks (i) Unit protection and interlocks (ii) Turbine and auxiliaries and vibration monitoring (iii) Turbine governing, speed setting, speed droop
setting and control circuits (iv) Generator protection, under voltage, over voltage,
differential, reverse power, under excitation, negative phase sequence, earth
fault, etc. (v) Different types of protection relays (vi) Importance of sequential interlocks (vii) Transformer protection- differential, over load,
over fluxing, restricted earth fault, high temperature, buchholz protection (viii) Types of motors and variable speed drive and
control (ix) Various types of pumps and their starting control (x) Annunciation systems (xi) On line monitoring devices |
15 |
XVIII |
Operation control and supervision (i) General machine start and stop procedure and
sequence (ii) Handling of turbine and generator and auxiliaries
under failure condition. such as, mechanical and electrical auxiliary and
governor failure, grid failure and other failure conditions. (iii) Alternator- synchronizing, loading, parallel
operation, active and reactive power sharing and frequency control. |
12 |
XIX |
(i) Fire safety procedure (ii) Fire protection of generator (iii) Fire fighting and emulsifier type protection |
5 |
XX |
General safety precautions, treatment of electrical or
acid/alkali burns, permit to work, first aid, protective gear/ clothing,
safety in movement and storage of materials, safety aspects of switchyard. |
4 |
XXI |
Factory Act, Electricity Act. 2003, Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations,
2010, and other statutory Regulations concerning power stations (broad
outline). |
10 |
XXII |
Erection, testing and commissioning of turbine,
generator, control and instrumentation, switchyard and auxiliary systems,
maintenance procedures, PERT/CPM method, power station records, maintenance
planning. |
12 |
XXIII |
Plant performance, generation cost, machine
availability and other commercial aspects. |
6 |
XXIV |
Personnel management, duties and responsibilities,
labour laws and labour welfare. |
4 |
XXV |
Broad principles of material management, procurement
procedure and inventory control. |
6 |
|
Total |
173 Hours = 6 Weeks |
XXVI |
On job training: (1) Control room desk operation: (i) Pre-start checks (ii) Protection interlocks (iii) Startup procedure and routine checks (iv) Stopping and emergency operation of turbine,
generator and their auxiliaries (v) Operation of generating unit in abnormal
circumstances (vi) Simulator training/computer application for plants |
7 Weeks (6 Weeks) |
|
2. Fire fighting and fire safety procedures during
emergency. |
(1 week) |
Part XVIII
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE
MECHANICAL SIDE OF HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance, types
of failure and detection: (i) Periodical maintenance and inspection of turbine
and auxiliaries (ii) Maintenance of pumps, valves and pipe work (iii) Lubrication principles and their characteristics (iv) Purification of lubricating oil and selection (v) Mechanical alignment (vi) Static and dynamic balancing of machines (vii) Maintenance planning (viii) Modern techniques and their applications in
maintenance of turbine and associated auxiliaries. (ix) Cavitation and erosion of under water components
due to higher abrasive silt laden water. |
12 |
II |
1. Pre-commissioning and commissioning tests of hydro
mechanical gates and inlet valves - dry and wet 2. Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance of: (i) Inlet valves (ii) Hydro mechanical gates (iii) EOT cranes |
12 |
III |
Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance of: (i) Ventilation and air conditioning system (ii) Central grease lubricating unit (iii) Air compressors (iv) Lifts (v) DG sets (vi) Fire fighting equipments |
10 |
IV |
Maintenance practices - rigging and slinging, bearing,
scraping and matching, radiography and stress relieving methods, antifriction
bearings and their installation and lubrication, non destructive testing and
principles, procedure and application. Welding techniques and equipment. |
10 |
V |
Workshop: Types and use of hydraulic, pneumatic and
hand tools and tackles. Fabrication of spares. Repairs and maintenance of
mechanical equipments such as vehicles, dozers, cranes. |
8 |
VI |
Composition, properties and behavior of Engineering
materials used in power stations |
8 |
VII |
Residual life assessment and life extension methods |
6 |
VIII |
Mechanical safety rules and practice |
4 |
IX |
Spares inventory, productivity, cost control. |
4 |
|
Total |
74 Hours = 2 ? Weeks |
X |
On Job Training: To be associated with field maintenance of: (i) Turbine and auxiliaries like governor, shaft seal,
inlet valve, etc. (ii) Common auxiliaries such as cooling water system,
compressed air, ventilation and air conditioning, fire fighting, EOT cranes
etc. (iii) Welding and non destructive testing (iv) Work shop procedures |
3 weeks |
Part XIX
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE
ELECTRICAL SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANT
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance and
inspection of generators, excitation system, generator bearing. Principles of
electronic controls and transistorized circuits. Generator protection- earth
fault in rotor and stator, negative phase sequence, loss of excitation,
differential protection, back up protection, reverse power protection,
under/over voltage protection, over load protection, dry out of generators.
Constructional details of the different types of relays and other sensing
equipments, method of setting and their testing. Wiring details of control
panels. Insulating materials and their use. |
15 |
II. |
Predictive, preventive and emergent maintenance of
motors. |
4 |
III. |
Transformer: preventive maintenance of transformers,
dielectric strength of oil, insulation resistance, tap changers, filtration
of oil. Tan-Delta resistivity of oil, dissolved gas analysis and other
testing of oil |
8 |
IV |
Transformer: Protection- Buchholz relay protection,
over current protection, differential protection and earth fault protection,
types of relays used their construction testing and setting. Commissioning
tests. |
8 |
V |
Circuit breakers' maintenance, isolators,
disconnectors, bus bar arrangements, charging, synchronizing with the grid,
disconnecting for repairs, maintenance of switchgear contactors. |
8 |
VI |
Maintenance of equipments in the outdoor and indoor
switchyard. Operation and maintenance of current transformers, potential
transformers and lighting arrestors. Bus differential protection, etc. LV, HV
and EHV cables and their jointing and testing. |
8 |
VII |
Maintenance of SF6 gas filled insulated switch gear. |
6 |
VIII |
Station auxiliary supply, station battery-care and
maintenance, trickle charging and extended charging, operation and
maintenance of rectifiers and battery chargers, UPS, emergency power supply,
station grounding arrangements. |
10 |
IX |
Line protection and fault analysis. |
4 |
X |
PLCC equipments, telemetering, and other latest
communication systems like fiber optics, microwave, etc. |
8 |
XI |
Computerized on-line monitoring of power plant(DRs,
Event Logger and SCADA) |
4 |
XII |
Interlocking sequential control circuits, details of
components used. |
7 |
XIII |
Calibration and testing of various types of
instruments, indicating/ measuring instruments, recorders and analyzers,
including transducers and RTUs (Remote Transmitting Units) |
10 |
XIV |
Statutory Electricity Acts and Rules, permit procedure
and site safety rules. |
4 |
XV |
Economic load dispatch, power system control and
operation, MVAR-control, voltage Regulation and frequency control, islanding
schemes, function of RLDC/SLDC |
10 |
XVI |
Station emergency lighting arrangements. |
2 |
XVII |
R&M and residual life assessments and life
extension of equipments |
4 |
|
Total |
120 Hours = 4 Weeks |
XVIII |
On Job Training: To be associated with field electrical maintenance of: (i) Generator and auxiliaries (ii) Common auxiliary systems (iii) Transformer (iv) LT/HT switch gear in power plant and indoor and
out door switch yard (v) Control room operation. |
4 weeks |
Part XX
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED ON THE
INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of temperature measurement devices. (i) Resistance thermometers, thermocouples (ii) Recorders, indicators (iii) Transmitters (iv) Transducers and RTUs. |
5 |
II. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of pressure measurement devices (i) Diaphragm gauge, Bourdon gauge (ii) Recorders, indicators (iii) Transmitters |
4 |
III. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of flow measurement devices: (i) Positive, semi-positive, rate and differential
pressure flow meters. (ii) Recorders, and indicators (iii) Transmitters. |
4 |
IV. |
Working principles, calibration, control methods and
maintenance aspects of level measurement devices : (i) Pressure gauge bellows/diaphragm, float, buoyancy,
gas purge, differential pressure and capacitance type level measurement
systems (ii) Recorders and indicators (iii) Transmitters |
4 |
V. |
Telemetering and signal conditioning - pneumatic
systems, electrical systems, electronic systems and maintenance aspects. |
4 |
VI |
Basic electronics - Component familiarization and
various types of circuits, microprocessors |
8 |
VII |
Turbovisory instruments- their basic principles,
application and calibration : alignment and vibration, its interpretation and
measurements, different types of pick-ups, their location, etc., use of
vibration instruments and analysis, different pickups, their location, etc.,
axial shift position measurements, valve position and servo motor position
indicators, differential metal temperature measurements. |
12 |
VIII |
Actuators: Operating principles of pneumatic, hydraulic and
electrical actuators and their control mechanisms, maintenance, inspection
and testing aspects. |
6 |
IX |
Instrument air system: Air Supplier, piping and piping layout. |
4 |
X. |
Data acquisition systems. Microprocessor based control
system for generating units including governors and excitation systems.
Digital distributed control (DDC), UPS, control room layout |
11 |
|
Total |
62 Hours = 2 Weeks |
XI. |
On Job training: (1) Control system - basic principles, construction
features, calibration, preventive maintenance and trouble shooting. Analog
control systems, level, flow, pressure and temperature control systems,
component/cards used in control systems, static and dynamic timing, control
valves and dampers. |
2 weeks |
|
(2) Data Acquisition System (DAS) or distributed
digital control system - basic principles, construction features,
calibration, preventive maintenance and trouble shooting of digital and
analog inputs to DAS and their conditioning, I/O and interface, functioning
of alarms, monitoring formats and logs, sequence of events. |
2 weeks |
Part XXI
SYLLABUS FOR
TECHNICIANS ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC
POWER PLANTS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
|
||
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Fundamental units, conversion of and measuring
electrical quantities. |
2 |
II |
How electricity is generated, transmitted and
distributed i.e. generator to Consumer service board. |
2 |
III |
Principle and working of alternating current and direct
current generators, motors, their speed characteristics, controls. |
2 |
IV |
Principle and working of transformers and their
parallel operation |
2 |
V |
Power plant familiarization |
6 |
VI |
Turbine and auxiliaries: (i) Fundamental principle of turbines and inlet valves (ii) Theory and operation of turbines and inlet valves |
8 |
|
(iii) Governing and protection of turbine (iv) Operating procedures (start-up, running and
shutdown) (v) Various types of faults in generators, turbines and
auxiliaries -analysis thereof. |
|
VII |
Generator and auxiliaries: (i) Fundamental principle and working of generators (ii) Excitation system (iii) Automatic voltage regulator (iv) HV, EHV, LT and control cables (v) Generator transformer connection (vi) Protection of generators (vii) Operating procedures (start up, running and shut
down) |
8 |
VIII |
Engineering drawing and practice |
6 |
IX. |
Handling of turbines under emergency conditions |
4 |
X. |
Power station mechanical auxiliary system- general
aspects and basic flow diagrams, etc. (i) EOT cranes (ii) Hydro mechanical gates (iii) OPU (iv) Central grease lubricating unit (v) HP lubrication system (vi) Carbon dust collection system (vii) Cooling water systems, bearing cooling, generator
cooling and transformer cooling (viii) Braking and jacking system (ix) Drainage and dewatering system (x) Drinking water, air conditioning and ventilation
system (xi) Air services, air compressors (xii) Lifts |
8 |
XI. |
Mechanical appreciation - correct use of machines,
tools and tackles, gauges, fits and clearances, tolerances, brazing,
soldering and welding, bearings, gears and threads, fasteners. |
6 |
XII |
Electrical appreciation- correct and Appropriate use of
electrical tools like Megger, tong testers, multi-meters, insulation testing
equipment, earthing and its importance. |
6 |
XIII |
Bearings- types, installation and removal procedures
and maintenance, clearance and tolerances, oil seals- types, applications
with clearances. |
2 |
XIV |
Lubrication and cooling principles. |
2 |
XV |
Station instrumentation and controls. |
4 |
XVI |
Power station electrical auxiliary system - general
aspects and basic flow diagrams, etc. (i) Station lighting, power supply and distribution
boards (ii) Station batteries and battery charging system |
8 |
XVII |
(iii) Unit and station transformers (iv) DG sets and their maintenance Electric shocks, first aid, acid burn, alkali wounds,
Chlorine gas poisoning and their treatment. |
3 |
XVIII |
Fire fighting installations in hydro power station |
2 |
XIX |
Personnel safety equipment, cleanliness, caution and
care in power station working. Importance of earthing. |
2 |
XX |
Duties and responsibilities of operators and plant
attendants, carrying out instructions, reporting to supervisors, recording
reading, visual occurrence, expected behavior, discipline, sincerity,
cleanliness and love for machines |
3 |
|
Total |
86 Hours = 3 Weeks |
XXI |
On job Training in above areas with hands on practicals |
4 weeks |
Part XXII
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR TECHNICIANS TO BE ENGAGED ON THE MECHANICAL SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC
POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars. |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Operation and general aspects of annual maintenance of
turbine and auxiliaries (i) Turbine (ii) Inlet valve (iii) Governing system (iv) Shaft seal |
6 |
II |
Operation and general maintenance of common mechanical
auxiliaries: (i) Pumps and associated pipe work such as cooling
water system, fire fighting system, drainage system, dewatering system (ii) Air conditioning and ventilation system (iii) Air compressors (iv) EOT cranes (v) Hydro mechanical gates (vi) Turbine and generator bearing (vii) Lifts (viii) Fire fighting system for power house complex and
specifically for equipments like transformers and generators with knowledge
of different fire fighting systems. |
6 |
III |
Types of valves- safety valve, suction valve, delivery
valve, non-return valve, bypass valve, drain valve, air release valve,
control valve, float operated valve, solenoid operated and pneumatically
operated valves and their applications. |
4 |
IV |
Interpretation of instrument reading and accurate
logging |
2 |
V |
Workshop practice, making of spare parts, welding and
gas cutting, pipe fitting methods, introduction to various tools, tackles and
practice. |
4 |
VI |
Shaft alignment methods. |
4 |
VII |
Rubber components, their uses and handling. |
2 |
VIII |
Maintenance of measuring instruments such as dial
gauges, micrometers, vernier calipers etc. |
4 |
IX |
Couplings-different types, rigid and flexible coupling. |
2 |
X |
Vibration-general knowledge of the causes, effects,
remedies, measurement and balancing. |
4 |
XI |
Standard storage practices for spares and materials. |
2 |
XII |
Mechanical safety. |
2 |
|
Total |
42 Hours = 1 ? Weeks |
XIII |
On Job Training in above areas with hands on practical. |
4 weeks |
Part XXIII
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR TECHNICIANS TO BE ENGAGED ON THE ELECTRICAL SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC
POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Operation and general aspects of annual maintenance of
generators and auxiliaries (i) Generator and its dry out (ii) Excitation system (iii) AVR |
8 |
II |
Operation and general maintenance of common electrical
auxiliaries (i) Station supply (ii) Batteries and chargers, DG distribution boards and
emergency lighting system (iii) Motor winding and repairs (iv) Understanding of electrical panel wiring (v) PLCC
system (vi) EOT crane |
8 |
III |
Operation and maintenance of transformers including oil
filtration |
6 |
IV |
Out door switch yard equipment such as isolators,
circuit breakers and contactors, earthing switches, CT, CVT, LA |
3 |
V |
Indoor switch gear system |
4 |
VI |
Alarm systems - visual and audible |
2 |
VII |
Earthing and neutral grounding: necessity of methods
for safety while handling electrical equipments. Reading electrical circuit
diagrams |
4 |
VIII |
Maintenance of internal telephones and public address
system |
3 |
IX |
Meggering and testing of electrical equipment, wiring
and cables |
3 |
X |
Maintenance of electrical switchgears |
6 |
XI |
Fuses-rewirable types, cartridges type, high rupturing
capacity fuse, constructional features of fuse and fuse sockets, knife type
high rupturing capacity fuses, use of pullers for insertion and removal,
colour code for fuse ratings. |
6 |
XII |
Motor starters and their applications- direct-on-line,
star delta, rotor resistance, contactors and relays |
5 |
XIII |
Voltmeters, ammeters, watt meters, energy meters,
meggers, multimeters, tong testers and general information about their use |
0 |
XIV |
Laying and jointing of cables of voltage upto 250 V and
exceeding 250 V but not exceeding 650 V. |
4 |
XV |
Panel wiring methods, connections, earthing, and
principles of operation of small distribution transformers. |
2 |
XVI |
Protection relays, current and potential transformers,
purposes, connections and use. |
2 |
XVII |
Elementary knowledge of electrical Engineering
materials and their properties. |
2 |
XVIII |
Basic knowledge of computers and on line monitoring
system |
2 |
XIX |
Familiarization with supervisory control and data
acquisition system. |
4 |
|
Total |
80 Hours = 3 Weeks |
XX |
On job Training in above areas with hands on
practicals. |
4 weeks |
Part XXIV
SPECIALISED SYLLABUS
FOR TECHNICIANS TO BE ENGAGED ON THE INSTRUMENTATION SIDE OF THE HYDRO ELECTRIC
POWER PLANTS
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
Familiarization with Supervisory control and data
acquisition system |
4 |
II. |
Power supplies and alarm system |
4 |
III. |
Power station instruments, their maintenance and
testing (i) Event sequence recorder (ii) Disturbance fault recorders (iii) Sequence controllers (iv) Digital relays |
4 |
IV |
Water flow meters and their application and maintenance |
2 |
V |
Pressure gauge: Bourdon type gauge, barometer
principles of operation, absolute pressure, vacuum pressure, maintenance of
pressure gauges. |
3 |
VI |
Level gauges: Different types of level gauges and their
application in power house and calibration |
3 |
VII |
Temperature indicators: mercury thermometers,
resistance thermometers, thermocouples, their use in power house and
calibration |
3 |
VIII |
Instrument workshop practice: electronic circuit
diagram study, multi-meters, Megger, drilling, soldering, use of resistance
bridge and workshop potentiometer |
6 |
IX |
Electronic components, oscilloscope, power supply,
signal generator applications, logics and timers |
8 |
X |
Telemetering and signal conditioning, transducers,
thresholds, transmitters and their calibration |
8 |
XI |
Instrument fault finding |
2 |
XII |
Safety precautions |
1 |
|
Total |
48 Hours = 1? Weeks |
XIII |
On job Training in above areas with hands on
practicals. |
4 Weeks |
Part XXV
SYLLABUS FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS ENGAGED IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUB-STATIONS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE GENERATING STATIONS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General Introduction: (i) World Power Scenario (ii) Growth of Power Industry in India (iii) Generation Scenario in India (iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in India (v) Role of Private Power Participants in India (vi) Organisation/Power Sector set up (vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specifications
for Electrical wiring (viii) Energy conservation |
5 |
II |
Layout and location of 66 kV and higher voltage
sub-stations. |
4 |
III |
Main equipments used together with their specifications
including gas insulated switching systems |
6 |
IV |
Concept of High Voltage DC Transmission |
3 |
V |
Construction of high voltage lines, types of towers,
types of insulators and their electrical and mechanical characteristics. |
3 |
VI |
High tension feeders, their load carrying capacities. |
3 |
VII |
(i) Alternating and direct currents, relation between
voltage, current, power, reactive power and common units in use. Power
factor, Ohm's Law, resistance, reactance, impedance, percentage impedance.
Three phase vectors, phase - displacement between current and voltage (ii) Basic principles of transformation, magnetisation,
hysteresis, reluctance, retentivity, electromagnets. Flux density,
ampereturns equation for transformation, reactors, etc. (iii) Two winding, three winding and auto transformers.
Grounding transformers, salient features of shell type and core type
transformers, hot rolled and cold rolled steel cores, stampings and their
assembly. Different vector groups and terminal connection (iv) Transformer fixtures, e.g., Buchholz relay,
on-load and off-load tap changer, breathers, conservators, bushings |
29 |
|
of different types, thermometers, indicators, alarms
(v) Cooling of transformer and oil, different methods of cooling, importance
of oil filtering and drying-out of transformers, di-electric strength of oil,
different varieties of filters and their comparison, types of radiators (vi) Transformer tests - failure and causes,
maintenance and repairs (vii) Parallel operation, Regulation, voltage control,
tap change, commissioning tests |
|
VIII |
Breakers: (i) Functions of breakers, their action. (ii) Different types of outdoor and indoor breakers,
e.g. bulk oil, minimum oil and air blast, SF6- principles and their
applications (iii) Operating mechanism, manual, spring, hydraulic
pneumatic, motor (iv) Breaker maintenance, failures and their causes,
Commissioning procedure |
8 |
IX |
Bus bars: (i) Indoor bus bars, their capacity, forces on them
during short circuit, bus bar mountings and their clearances (ii) Strung and tubular type bus bars, their current
ratings, supports, jumpers, clearances. (iii) Busbar fittings and connectors (iv) Cables of voltage exceeding 650 V, types, their
maintenance and testing |
6 |
X |
Current and potential transformers: (i) Types of current and potential transformers, their
working principles, ratings, accuracies. (ii) Functions of current and potential transformers. (iii) Failure of current and potential transformers,
their causes. |
5 |
XI |
Isolators: (i) Tilting and rotating isolators, with and without
arcing horns, horizontal center break type, tandem isolators, earthing
blades, current rating, breaking a circuit by isolator, interlocking with
circuit breaker (ii) Maintenance of isolators |
5 |
XII |
Lightning protection: (i) Simple description of lightning phenomena, surges
and their protection (ii) Construction of lightning arrestors and the
principles of their working (iii) Different types of lightning arrestors and
ratings (iv) Earthing and location of lightning arrestors. |
3 |
|
(v) Codes and Practices for lightning protection |
|
XIII |
Capacitors |
3 |
XIV |
Control Room: (i) Necessity and function of a control board, types of
boards, instruments of the board. (ii) Functions of the various relays and indicators,
mimic diagram indicators, annunciator and alarm, characteristics of relay
testing and setting of relays (iii) Remote control of breakers, isolators,
tap changers, indicators on the control board. (iv) Control and power cables (v) Metering, concept of tariff, event loggers,
disturbance recorders |
10 |
XV |
Auxiliary supply: (i) Current and ampere-hour ratings of batteries,
battery charging equipment, checking of specific gravity of electrolyte,
maintenance of batteries (ii) Importance of direct current supply and its
functions. (iii) Auxiliary direct current supply (iv) AC distribution board |
5 |
XVI |
Clearances and Compliance of CEA (Measures relating to
Safety and Electricity Supply) Regulations 2010 (i) Minimum clearance between phases and phase to
ground for different voltages (ii) CEA(Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 pertaining to sub-stations. |
5 |
XVII |
Earthing: (i) Safety earthing and system earthing, the method of
earthing e.g., solid earthing, resistance earthing, peterson coil earthing,
earthing of lightning arrestor, importance and advantages of each type (ii) Different types of earth electrodes, earthing
mats, recommended values of earth resistance, measurement of earth resistance |
3 |
XVIII |
Maintenance: Maintenance of log sheet and other
records. The importance of maintenance of good records. |
3 |
XIX |
Safety: (i) Safety procedures and procedures for giving line
clear and taking it back. Maintenance of records of line clear. (ii) First-aid, artificial respiration and shock
treatment. |
10 |
XX |
(i) Interlocking and sequential operation of different
equipments. (ii) Protections :- Transformers, lines, reactors, bus
bar. |
8 |
XXI |
Synchronising, charging and discharging of lines of
voltage exceeding 650 V but not exceeding 33 kV. Live line testing. |
3 |
XXII |
Calibration and testing of various types of equipment,
indicating and measuring equipments, recorders, analysers. |
4 |
XXIII |
Handling emergency conditions. |
3 |
XXIV |
Diagnosing troubles in the plant from instruments and
annunciation. |
3 |
XXV |
Thermography monitoring. |
4 |
XXVI |
Study of carrier system, PLCC |
2 |
XXVII |
Auxiliary equipments such as compressors, station
lighting, etc. |
2 |
XXVIII |
Fire-fighting equipment - their operations, maintenance
and refilling, emulsifier, fire wall protections |
3 |
XXIX |
Personnel management, duties and responsibilities,
labour welfare and labour laws |
4 |
XXX |
Power and telecommunication co-ordination committee
(PTCC) guidelines. |
2 |
XXXI |
Broad principles of material management and inventory
control |
3 |
XXXII |
Simulator Training |
30 |
|
Total |
190 Hours = 6 Weeks |
XXXIII |
On Job Training related to above areas |
4 Weeks |
XXXIV |
Industrial visits and evaluation |
2 Weeks |
Part XXVI
SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS
TO ASSIST ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF
SUB-STATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE GENERATING STATIONS
Common course for Electrical,
Mechanical and Instrumentation
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General Introduction: (i) Functions of State Electricity Board/Utility (ii) Introduction to Electricity Act 2003, CEA
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010. (iii) Substation: (a) Sub-stations, Selection of site, clearances and
control room (b) Sub-stations - 33 kV to 765 kV (c) Selection of voltage level for Sub-station and
layouts |
6 |
II |
Equipments: (i) Control/Relay panels and meters (ii) Switch gear, Breakers (iii) Isolators (iv) Cables- types, construction and jointing (v) Power Capacitors (vi) Lightning arrestors (vii) CT, PT and carrier
communication. |
12 |
III |
Transformers (Power and Distribution): (i) Types of transformers and parallel operations (ii) Cooling and drying out of transformers (iii) Testing of transformers (iv) Maintenance of transformers (v) Protection of transformers (vi) Failures of transformers |
12 |
IV |
Circuit Breakers, Isolators and Relays: (i) Principle and construction (ii) Types of circuit breakers (iii) Maintenance of circuit breakers (iv) Relays - various types and functions (v) Maintenance of isolators |
12 |
V |
Storage Batteries: Need, Functions, Commissioning and Maintenance |
6 |
VI |
Cable Jointing: Cables-types, selection, cable trenches, cable routing
and laying, cable clamping, jointing and termination of HT, power and control
cables and junction box, etc. |
3 |
VII |
Earthing: Sub-station earthing, equipment earthing and Consumer
earthing and procedure for improving quality of earth resistance |
3 |
VIII |
Safety and fire fighting (1) Safety (i) Basic principle of safety, importance of safety
rules and their observation (ii) List of Safety equipment, their use and
maintenance thereof (iii) Permit procedure (iv) Self permit, Permit on phone and Procedures to be
observed (v) Electric shock and safety. (vi) Causes of Accident, Precautions to be taken to
avoid accidents while working. |
6 |
|
(2) Fire fighting: (i) Principle and causes of fire, class of fire i.e.,
A, B, C. Precautions to be taken to avoid fire (ii) Fire fighting equipments, their type and use,
their periodical maintenance |
|
IX |
Duties of staff: Duties of staff assisting supervisory and operating
staff and maintenance of records |
6 |
X |
Human Resource Development: (i) Personal development and motivation (ii) Communication skill and its importance (iii) Attitudinal training |
9 |
|
Total |
75 Hours = 2 ? Weeks |
XI |
On job training, industrial visits and evaluation: (1) Study Visits - after introduction: (i) 1st visit : 11 kV and 33 kV sub-station (ii) 2nd visit: 66 kV and 132 kV sub-station (iii) 3rd visit: 220 kV and 400 kV sub-station |
3 Weeks |
|
2. Study and practicals (i) Measurement of current, voltage, power, energy,
frequency and power factor (ii) Testing and connection of over current and earth
fault relays (iii) Study of Buchholz relays (iv) Measurement of earth resistivity (v) Meggering of installation and equipments (vi) Study and maintenance of breathers (vii) Study of "on load tap changer" for
transformer (viii) Study of line construction materials and
hardware (ix) Demonstration of conductor jointing (x) Demonstration of cable jointing. |
|
(x)
Study of various
type of power fuses, control fuses, kitkat and horn gaps.
(xi)
Use of safety
equipments and practicals followed for permit on works
(xii)
First aid and fire
fighting drills
(xiii)
Energy conservation
Part XXVII
ASSESSMENT FORMS
(TRAINING PERFORMANCE)
(I) ASSESSMENT FORM FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS
Name of the
Trainee.....................................................................
Period :
From..........................to.........................(extended period).
Working
in.................................................................................
Section......................................................................................
Department.................................................................................
Item No. |
Particulars |
Marks allotted |
Marks given |
Remarks |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
I |
Punctuality and attendance (i) Is he reluctant to continue on overtime (ii) Is he in the habit of taking leaves at the
eleventh hour (iii) Does he insist on compensatory off |
+(5) -(1) -(1) -(1) |
|
|
II |
Intelligence and grasp: (i) Does he have full knowledge of the plant and
equipment on which he is working and follows the instructions given to him
and can execute them properly (ii) Is he industrious, hard working and painstaking (iii) Has he shown any special skill of operation in
saving plant and equipment in trouble or emergency |
+(10) +(5) +(10) |
|
|
III |
Temperament and behaviour: (i) Behaviour with superiors/colleagues and
subordinates (ii) Capacity to take quick and correct decisions (iii) Capacity to handle independent responsibility |
+(5) +(5) +(10) |
|
|
IV |
Any special qualifications- capacity to execute a
particular or difficult job economically, intelligently, resourcefully or
with special skill |
+(10) |
|
|
V |
Judgment of the candidate by taking viva-voce test or
by asking questions verbally |
+(40) |
Total marks +100
The marks may be
given as below:- |
|
Excellent |
91-100% |
Very good |
71-90% |
Good |
61-70% |
Average |
51-60% |
Below average |
Below 51% |
|
Section-in-charge |
Special Remarks if any:- |
(Power Plant) |
Station Superintendent |
|
(II) ASSESSMENT FORM FOR
ENGINEERS/SUPERVISORS
(For use of the Training
Department)
(1)
Name of the Trainee
(2)
Date of birth/age
(3)
Training period :
From...............................(Months)
(4)
Technical
qualification
(5)
Specialisation if
any
(6)
Practical experience
(7)
Marks secured in
periodical tests (out of 100):
Test |
No. |
Date |
Written |
Viva |
On job |
Project |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8)
Percentage of marks
secured in all the tests:
(9)
General Remarks and
Recommendations:
(10)
Director of the
Institute
(III) ASSESSMENT FORM FOR
TECHNICIANS TO ASSIST ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS
Name of the
Trainee.....................................................................
Period :
From..........................to.........................(extended period).
Working
in.................................................................................
Section......................................................................................
Department.................................................................................
Item No. |
Particulars |
Marks allotted |
Marks given |
Remarks |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
I |
Punctuality and attendance: |
|
||
(i) Does he attend the duty punctually and avoids
absenting without prior intimation. |
+(5) |
|
||
(ii) Is he reluctant to continue on overtime |
-(1) |
|
||
(iii) Is he in the habit of taking leaves at the
eleventh hour |
-(1) |
|
||
(iv) Is he even prepared to take leave without wages |
-(4) |
|
||
(v) Whether he availed medical leave often |
-(1) |
|
||
II |
Intelligence and grasp: |
|
||
(i) Does he have full knowledge of the plant and equipment
on which he is working and follows the instructions given to him and can
execute them properly |
+(10) |
|
||
(ii) Is he industrious, hard working and painstaking |
+(5) |
|
||
(iii) (a) Has he shown any special skill of operation
in saving plant and equipment in trouble or emergency. OR |
+(10) |
|
||
(b) Has he shown any special skill or innovation in any
maintenance job. |
|
|||
III |
Temperament and behaviour: (i) Behaviour with superiors/colleagues |
+(5) |
|
|
(ii) Capacity to take quick and correct decisions by
himself or to point out the discrepancies to superiors promptly while
attending plant and equipment. |
+(5) |
|
||
(iii) Capacity to take independent charge as plant
attendants (Name of the plant) |
+(10) |
|
||
IV |
Any special qualifications: (i) Is he suitable for any other plant other than the
one mentioned above at III(iii) (ii) Can he record the readings correctly (iii) Is he suitable for any particular skilled
maintenance job as an artisan. (iv) Has he specialised in any particular trade such as
winder, high pressure welding, etc. |
+(10) |
|
|
V |
Judgment of the candidate by taking viva-voce test or
by asking questions verbally about power plant and equipment |
+(40) |
|
Total marks |
+100 |
|
The marks may be given as below: - |
|
|
Excellent |
|
91- 100% |
Very good |
|
71-90% |
Good |
|
61-70% |
Average |
|
51-60% |
Below average |
|
Below 51% |
|
Section-in-charge (Power Plant) |
|
Special Remarks if any:- |
|
|
Station Superintendent |
|
(IV) ASSESSMENT FORM FOR
TECHNICIANS TO ASSIST ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS
(For use of the Training
Department)
(1) Name of the Trainee
.....................................................................................
(2) Date of birth/age
.....................................................................................
(3) Training period :
From........................to.............(Months)
.................................................
(4) Highest technical
qualification
.......................................................................................
(5) Specialisation, if any
.........................................................................
(6) Practical experience
................................................................................
(7) Marks secured in periodical tests
(out of 100):
Test |
No. |
Date |
Written |
Viva |
On job |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8) Percentage of marks secured
in all the tests:
(9) General remarks and
recommendations:
Director of the Institute???
SCHEDULE-II
Safety measures for
operation and maintenance of transmission and distribution system
[See sub-regulation
(3) of regulation (7)]
Part I
(1)
Duration and content
of training shall be as specified below:
(i)
Engineers and
supervisors - The time allocation and various components of the training course
for engineers and supervisors who would be engaged on operation and maintenance
of transmission system shall be as given in Part II of this Schedule.
(ii)
Technicians - The
time allocation and various components of the training course for technicians
who would assist the engineers and supervisors in operation and maintenance of
transmission system shall be as given in Part III of this Schedule.
(iii)
Engineers, Supervisors
and Technicians - The time allocation and various components of the training
course for engineers, supervisors and Technicians in operation and maintenance
of sub-transmission and distribution system shall be as given in Part IV, V and
VI of this Scedule.
(iv)
Refresher course -
The duration and contents of the refresher courses shall be determined jointly
by the owner of the said system and training institute.
(v)
Visits to factories-
As part of practical training the trainees may be taken to factories
manufacturing equipments used in transmission and distribution installations.
(vi)
Performance of the
trainee(s) - The training institutes shall group the syllabus in modules for
Organising the training. The pass percentage in each module for theory and for
project work shall be 50% whereas for on job training and for viva voce it
shall be 75%. The sponsor(s) of the trainees may consider the institution of
incentives and awards for excellent performance during the training and also
for suitable action for sub-standard performance.
(2)
Creation of the
Institute:
(i)
The existing
training institutes established for training of personnel engaged in operation
and maintenance of generating stations and substations associated with
generating stations can create additional facilities for training in
transmission and distribution systems.
(ii)
Guidelines for such
institutes specified under Schedule-I (Item 2) under the heading
"Facilities for Creation of training institute" shall also be
applicable for institutes which would impart training in transmission and
distribution systems.
(3)
Assessment forms for
engineers and supervisors and for Technicians to assist the engineers and
supervisors are given at Part XXVII of Schedule I.
Part II
SYLLABUS FOR
ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Item No, |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I. |
General Introduction: (i) World Power Scenario (ii) Growth of Power Industry in India (iii) Generation Scenario in India (iv) Transmission and Distribution Scenario in India (v) Role of Private Power Participants in India (vi) Organisation/Power Sector set up (vii) Introduction to Indian Standard specifications
for Electrical wiring (viii) Energy Conversation |
6 |
II. |
Power Generation: (i) Types of generation: conventional and
non-conventional; Thermal Power Plant: components/ equipments and their brief
details and uses, features and characteristics of boiler, turbine, generator,
excitation, etc. Brief operational aspects, captive power plants (ii) Hydro Power Plant: components/ equipments and
their brief details; features and characteristics of turbine generator,
excitation, etc. Brief operational aspects (iii) Gas Power Plant: concept of open cycle and
combined cycle; components, characteristics of gas turbines, brief
operational aspects, captive power plants (iv) Nuclear Power Plant: salient features (v) Non-Cenventional Energy: various sources, working
principle electricity generation (vi) Co-generation, optimal mix of different types of
generation, base load and peak load operation |
18 |
III. |
Power Transmission: (1) HVAC and HVDC Transmission System (i) Brief history of EHV transmission system in India (ii) Tower types A, B, C, D and special towers (iii) Conductors/Earthwire and their accessories,
types, configuration, transposition, selection criteria (iv) Insulators and hardware fittings: types, strength,
details (v) Right of way, CEA (Measures relating to Safety and
Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010 and Acts, statutory clearances from other
agencies, compensation, etc. (vi) Surveying, route alignment, profiling, tower
spotting (vii) Benching and soil classification, soil
investigation and soil resistivity measurement. (viii) Tower design and testing, quality checks |
30 |
|
(ix) Tower erection hardware and accessories, fitting
procedures, stringing, clearances, commissioning (x) Operation and Maintenance of Transmission Line :
line patrolling, routine checks, filling log books, T & P, thermovision
scanning, fault failure analysis, hot line maintenance, case studies (xi) Development of HVDC technology, economics,
comparison with HVAC systems, principles of HVDC conversion, HVDC lines, HVDC
sub-stations - converters, reactive power considerations, HVDC system,
operation and control, maintenance, AC and DC harmonics and filtering,
protection system, insulation, coordination, emergencies and case studies. (xii) FACTS (Flexible AC Transmission System) |
|
(2) Sub - Stations (765kV/400 kV/220kV/132kV) (i) Types : generation sub-station, grid sub-station,
mobile sub-station, gas insulated sub-station, HVDC substation,
indoor/outdoor, etc., general comparison (ii) General arrangement and layout of switchyard,
switching schemes, single line diagram (iii)Power Transformers and Reactors (a) Types : major components, constructional details,
functions (b) Design and selection, specification and rating (c) Bushings, On Load Tap Changers (OLTC), Buchholz
relay, conservator, breather, thermo syphon filter, indicators, etc. (d) Cooling arrangements - methods of cooling, pumps,
fans, radiators, etc. (e) Transformer tests (f) Introduction to relevant Indian Standards |
75 |
|
|
(iv)Switchgears and Introduction to relevant Indian
Standard (a) Circuit Breaker: types (MOCB, ABCB, VCB, SF6),
constructional details, layout arrangement, connection to bus, design,
selection parameters, ratings/ specifications, interlocks and introduction to
relevant Indian Standard (b) Isolator: types (Vertical, Horizontal, Pantography
Breaks, constructional details, Earth switch, interlocks, design/selection,
ratings/specifications (c) Bus bar types, construction, supports, insulators,
connectors, jumpers, safety clearances, design/selection,
ratings/specifications (d) CT/CVT/Lightning Arrestor/Lightning Mast: Types,
constructional details, use, location, selection/design,
ratings/specifications (e) Power Line Carrier Communication (PLCC): principle,
purpose, types of coupling and choice of components, use and operation of
PLCC system, modules of PLCC panels, ratings/specifications |
|
(f) Meters, Indicators, and Recorders: types and
functional description of all types of meters, indicators and
recorders-Voltmeter, Ammeter, Frequency Meter, Wattmeter, Energy meter, Event
logger (EL), Disturbance Recorder (DR), Fault Locator (FL), indicators and
knowledge of relevant Indian Standard (g) Relays: types, functions, constructional details,
selection, ratings/ specifications, testing and setting of relays and
knowledge of relevant Indian Standard (h) Protection System Philosophy: types, design,
protection schemes, tripping schemes, protection of transformers/reactors, motors,
feeders, generator bus, etc. (v) Grounding: types of grounding, earth testing and
treatment, earth mat design, step potential, touch potentials, transfer
potentials, neutral grounding factor, (vi) Auxiliary facilities (a) DG set (b) Fire fighting system - types of fire, extinguisher,
Emulsifier system, deluge system, fire fighting system for
transformer/reactor, oil storage system, control room, office building, etc. (c) Station Battery System (d) LT supply (e) Air Conditioning System (f) Compressed Air System (service air system,
instrument air system) (vii) Control Room: layout, arrangement of
equipments/panels, false ceiling and flooring, fire safety measures,
Air-conditioning, Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS), computer and its
peripherals, lighting /emergency lighting (viii) Cables: types, control cables, power cables,
layout, trench/gallery arrangement, cable ratings, selection, and cable
termination and jointing. (ix) Compensating devices: shunt reactor/capacitor,
series reactor/ capacitor, static var compensators (SVC) (x) Sub-station operation: operational aspects of all
equipments/systems, salient features and parameters, limiting values, control
room operation, local/remote operation, operational guidelines/procedures,
and synchronisation, grid operation, communication with RLDC/ SLDC, etc.,
permit to work, line clear procedure, maintenance of log books, records,
tripping reports, shift procedures, monitoring, duties /responsibilities of
substation staff, interlocks and sequential operation, operational problems,
operation under emergency, case studies. (xi) Sub-station Maintenance: (a) Need, philosophy, types- routine, preventive,
planned, predictive, break-down, emergency maintenance, comparisons, life
expectancy curves |
|
|
(bathtub curves), tools and tackles, testing
instruments, safety devices, sampling equipments, test kits, visual checks,
condition monitoring techniques, on-line maintenance, daily/weekly/
monthly/quarterly/half yearly/annual maintenance of different equipments,
planning the maintenance activities, preparation of maintenance estimates,
budgeting for control, maintenance records, history (b) spare parts management (c) Transformer and Reactor Maintenance-factors
affecting the life of transformer/reactor, types of faults that can occur,
reasons for breakdown, visual checks/ inspection/ preliminary testing of
various components- oil sampling and testing, oil filtration, Dissolved Gas
Analysis (DGA), maintenance Schedule, fault rectification, need for major overhaul
and methods (d) Switchgear and Protection Maintenance maintenance
of CB, isolator, earthswitch, support insulators, CT/CVT, LA. Lightning Mast
(LM), meters/ recorders, PLCC, protective relay maintenance, protection
system maintenance (e) Maintenance of auxiliaries and other
systems-battery and charging system, DG set, air conditioning plant,
compressed air system, fire fighting system, switchyard - lighting, control
room, earth resistance testing, cables, compensating devices. (xii) Erection and commissioning of sub-station,
Project Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT), Critical Path Method (CPM),
charts, project monitoring, erection, pre-commissioning checks/tests,
commissioning, synchronisation. (xiii) Civil works - surveying, site selection, soil investigation,
general layout and architectural drawing, switchyard foundation, cable trench
design, oil pit, control room building, DG set building, Fire fighting system
and AC system- design, design and construction of roads, drains, water supply
pipe lines, fencing/compound wall. |
|
|
3. Load Dispatch and Communication (i) Load Dispatch Centres- functions, SLDC/RLDC, NLDC,
pre-dispatch, during-dispatch, post dispatch functions (ii) Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
System, RTU, front end computers, main computers, visual display units, mimic
boards (iii) Energy Management System- functions (iv) Load forecasting, generation scheduling, load
management, load shedding (v) Hydro - thermal scheduling (vi) Voltage/frequency control (vii) Reactive Power Management |
18 |
|
|
(viii) Grid Management - problems/solutions (ix) Operational co-operation, import/export of energy,
role of tariff in system operation (x) Maintenance, on-line maintenance (xi) Grid disturbances- case studies (xii) Software tools Communication System: types- PLCC, microwave, leased
lines, fibre optics, satellite, V-SAT Communication, comparison,
characteristics, modules, planning criteria, selection criteria, RTUs,
modems, baud rate, communication pro???
ols, data exchange, system noise and interference, integrated
communication system, O&M of communication system, pro??? ol details, telemetry, tele-control and
tele-protection. |
|
IV. |
Commercial Aspects And Contracts (1) Commercial Aspects (i) Introduction to commercial aspects of power
system/distribution system (ii) Tariff Structure, types, components, methods of
working out, revenue realization (iii) Energy accounting, Availability Based Tariff
(ABT), inter-utility tariff, commercial disputes and solutions (iv) Inventory planning and control, bill of materials,
purchase procedures, standardization and codification of stores (v) Resource mobilisation through bonds/
debentures/shares. (vi) Cost Engineering, costing and control, estimation,
estimates for providing service (LT/HT) connections, street lighting. (vii) Electricity Rules and Regulations, Enactment (viii) Budget types, budgeting procedure,
appropriation, budget control. (ix) Accounting, auditing. |
24 |
|
(2) Contracts (i) Contract basics, terminology (ii) Qualification- requirement, pre-qualification,
bids, evaluation (iii) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT), Notice Inviting
Quotation (iv) Preparation of bid documents, tendering/ bidding (v) Bid opening, bid evaluation, award of contract,
monitoring of contract. (vi) Contractual obligations/liquidation, guarantee
/warranty (vii) Vendor - qualification, development (viii) Contractual problems and solutions (ix) Revised cost estimation, justification for
cost/time over-run, substitute items (x) Handing/taking over procedures, closing of contract (xi) Legal issues of contracts, arbitration |
12 |
V. |
Management: (i) Principles of management, leadership, effective |
12 |
|
communication, motivation, decision making, strategic
management (ii) Management Information System (iii) Project Management (iv) Finance Management (v) Construction Management (vi) Materials Management (vii) Total Quality Management |
|
VI. |
System Planning and New Technologies: (1) System Planning (i) Introduction to power system planning requirements
and methods (ii) Load forecasting and techniques (iii) Load flow studies for planning (iv) Preparation of feasibility report (FR), Detailed
Project Report (DPR) (v) Approval/clearance of projects |
6 |
|
(2) New Technologies: (i) Latest development in transmission system design,
material, component, system, tariff, operation, maintenance (ii) Latest developments in distribution system design,
components, meters, system, tariff, operation, maintenance (iii) Latest developments in power system,
communication, application of computers to power system. |
6 |
|
Total |
207 Hours = 7 Weeks |
VII. |
On Job Training: (1) System Operation (On job) (A) Sub-Station (Generating/Grid/Distribution) (i) Layout, equipment familiarisation (ii) Details, functioning, specification and different
parameters of switchyard, control room, auxiliary system equipments (iii) Shift handing/taking over, logging of parameters,
routine checks on equipments/ systems (iv) Operational aspects of equipments /systems,
synchronization, grid operation, charging procedure (v) Line/feeder connections, protection schemes,
loading aspects, etc. (vi) Salient features and operational aspects of HVDC
substation. (B) Load Dispatch and Communication (i) Load Dispatch Centre (NLDC/RLDC/SLDC): set up,
functioning (ii) Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA)
and Energy Management System (EMS) functioning (iii) Load forecasting |
3 Weeks |
|
(iv) Generation scheduling (v) Voltage and frequency control activities (vi) Communication system operation (vii) System Software (viii) Shift operation |
|
(2) System Maintenance (On job) (A) Sub-Station Maintenance (i) Visual checks, routine, preventive, planned,
break-down maintenance of equipments/system (ii) Transformer, reactor, switchgear, relays,
protection system and auxiliary facilities. (iii) Maintenance schedules (iv) Referring log books/history records for
maintenance. (v) Testing Lab facilities, testing and commissioning. (vi) Procedure for permit to work/line clear. (vii) Safety devices and practices. (B) T&D Line/Cable Maintenance (i) Line patrolling, thermovision scanning, hot spots,
hardware replacement procedure, T&P. (ii) Emergency Restoration System (ERS) (iii) Hot Line Maintenance. (iv) Industrial visits and evaluation |
3 Weeks |
Part III
SYLLABUS FOR
TECHNICIANS TO ASSIST ENGINEERS AND SUPERVISORS IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
General introduction: (i) Functions of State Electricity Board/Utility (ii) Introduction to Electricity Act, 2003, and CEA
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Regulations, 2010. |
6 |
II |
Substation and Equipments: (i) Substations (a) Sub-stations, selection of site, clearances and
control room (b) Sub-stations 33 kV to 765 kV (c) Selection of voltage level for sub-station and
layouts (ii) Equipments: (a) Control/relay panels and meters (b) Switch gear, breakers (c) Isolators (d) Cables-types, construction and jointing (e) Power capacitors (f) Lightning arrestors (g) CT, PT and carrier communication. |
12 |
III |
Transformers (Power and Distribution) (i) Types of transformers and parallel operations (ii) Cooling and drying out of transformers (iii) Testing of transformers (iv) Maintenance of transformers (v) Protection of transformers (vi) Failures of transformers |
12 |
IV |
Circuit Breakers, Isolators and Relays (i) Principle and construction (ii) Types of circuit breakers (iii) Maintenance of circuit breakers (iv) Relays - various types and functions (v) Maintenance of isolators |
12 |
V |
Storage Batteries: Need, Functions, commissioning and maintenance |
6 |
VI |
Earthing: Sub-station earthing, equipment earthing and Consumer
earthing and procedure for improving quality of earth resistance |
3 |
VII |
Safety and fire fighting (1) Safety (i) Basic principle of safety, importance of safety
rules and their observation (ii) List of safety equipment, their use and
maintenance thereof (iii) Permit procedure (iv) Self permit, permit on phone and procedures to be
observed (v) Electric shock and safety. (vi) Causes of accident, precautions to be taken to
avoid accidents while working. (2) Fire fighting: (i) Principle and causes of fire, class of fires, ie.,
A, B, C. Precautions to be taken to avoid fire (ii) Fire fighting equipments, their type and use,
their periodical maintenance |
6 |
VIII |
Transmission and Distribution (Line-Construction and
Maintenance) (1) Construction (i) Survey of HT, LT Lines and service lines and
cables, crossing such as road, railway, river, etc. (ii) Selection of materials and poles for lines and
handling of materials (iii) Pole erection, size of pit, concreting, pole alignment,
etc. |
18 |
|
(iv) Types of stays, their marking, grouting, stay
insulator binding, etc. (v) Types of conductors and their parameters such as
current carrying capacity, etc., cables-types and joints. (vi) Type of guarding and clearances, anticlimbing
devices, danger board, etc. (vii) Erection of transformer DP structure (viii) Patrolling, line meggering and commissioning of
power lines |
|
(2) Line Maintenance (i) Fuse grading necessity and its benefits (ii) Patrolling, tree cutting and safe clearances (iii)Guarding of lines, clearances and maintenance,
attending to breakdowns. (iv) Importance and maintenance of air-break switch,
dropout fuse set, dist. box etc. (v) Pre-monsoon maintenance - necessity and procedure
thereof (vi) Balancing of load using tong tester (3) Service Connection, theft of energy (i) Types of service connections (overhead,
underground, High Tension/ Low Tension, Single phase, Three phase) (ii) Point of supply, testing of Consumers' wiring and
earthing terminals (iii)Materials required for service connection, fuse
grading, underground cable connections (feeder pillar, mini pillar, junction
box.) (iv)Theft of energy, preventive measures, unauthorized
extensions (v) Consumer relations and dealing with Consumer
problems |
|
|
IX |
Duties of staff Duties of staff, assisting supervisory an operating
staff and maintenance of records |
6 |
X |
Human Resource Development (i) Personal development and motivation (ii) Communication skill and its importance (iii)Attitudinal training |
9 |
|
Total |
90 Hours = 3 Weeks |
XI |
On Job Training, industrial visits and evaluation: (1) Study Visits - after introduction (i) 1st visit :11 kV and 33 kV sub-station (ii) 2nd visit: 66 kV and 132 kV sub-station (iii) 3rd visit: 220 kV and 400 kV sub-station |
3 Weeks |
(2) ??Study and practicals
(i)
Measurement of
current, voltage, power, energy, frequency and power factor
(ii)
Testing and
connection of relays
(iii)
Study of Buchholz
relays
(iv)
Measurement of earth
resistivity
(v)
Meggering of
installation and equipments
(vi)
Study and
maintenance of breathers
(vii)
Study of "on
load tap changer" for transformer
(viii)
Study of line
construction materials and hardware
(ix)
Demonstration of
conductor jointing
(x)
Demonstration of
cable jointing.
(xi)
Study of various
type of power fuses, control fuses, kitkat and horn gaps.
(xii)
Use of safety
equipments and practicals followed for permit on works
(xiii)
First aid and fire
fighting drills
Part IV
SYLLABUS FOR ENGINEERS
ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUB-TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Overview of Power Sector Scenario: (i) Growth of Power Industry in India (ii) Organisation/ Power Sector set-up in India (iii) Electricity Distribution in India (iv) Private Participation in Distribution (v) Distribution Reforms in India. |
3 |
II |
Regulatory Environment - Rules and Regulations: (i) Electricity Act, 2003 - Provisions relating to electricity
distribution (ii) Role of Regulatory Commissions (iii) CEA(Measures relating to Safety and Electric
Supply) Regulations, 2010 - Relating to electricity distribution. (iv) Energy Conservation Act |
3 |
III |
Distribution planning and optimization: (i) Philosophy of distribution planning. (ii) Acquaintance with software for distribution
planning and optimisation. (iii) Operation of software. (iv) Data entry formats and report generation. (v) Case study. |
30 |
Iv |
Sub-transmission and Distribution Lines: (i) Supports-towers/ poles: (a) Types and selection criteria (b) Surveying and erection |
15 |
|
(II) Line conductor/ cables: (a) Classification (b) Selection criteria (c) Conductor stringing, jointing/ binding, sagging and
tensioning, clipping and jumpering (d) Earthing arrangements (iii) Cable - types, selection, cable trenches, cable
routing and laying, cable jointing and junction box (iv) Earth wire/ neutral wire, guarding, etc. (V) Selection and fixing of control devices, viz. Gang
Operating Switches, fuses, isolators and earthing switches, lightning
arrestors, and distribution box, etc. (vi) Installation of service lines. (vii) Street Lighting - design and layout methods. (viii) Statutory clearances, viz. Environment and
forest, local bodies, railway and telegraph crossings, river crossings,
clearances under CEA (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Regulations, 2010, Acts. (ix) Line/cable maintenance including hot line
maintenance - line patrolling, inspection, periodicity, work permit, line
clear and authorisation, erection of temporary earth and restoration of
supply, maintenance T&P and safety devices, thermo vision scanning, hot
spots, etc. |
|
V - |
Electric Sub-Stations (33 kV and below): (i) Type, site selection, layout and civil Engineering
requirements. (ii) Bus bar arrangement, sub-station equipment, viz.
transformers, circuit breakers, etc. (iii) Auxiliary systems, viz. DG set, battery system and
fire fighting system, etc. (iv) Control panel, meters, indicators and recorders
and relays, etc. (v) Erection, testing and commissioning of
equipments/systems (vi) Earthing of sub-stations equipments and soil
testing (vii) Transformer oil and its testing (viii) Operation and maintenance of all equipments,
protective relays and auxiliaries. |
15 |
VI |
Metering Requirements: (i) Type of metering, viz. DT metering, feeder metering
and Consumer metering. (ii) Regulations on installation of meters and technical
standards (iii) Meter types, their settings and operation,
testing and sealing. (iv) Selection of meter and metering equipment (v) Familiarity with hardware (CMRI) and software for
meter data download, analysis and detection of meter tampering (vi) Role of advanced metering system in controlling
commercial losses |
6 |
VII |
Concept of Losses and Loss Reduction Measures: (i) Concept of AT& C losses (ii) Segregation of losses. (iii) Technical loss reduction measures. (iv) Reactive power management. (v) Detection of thefts, tampering, unauthorized loads (vi) Anti-theft measures and case studies (vii) Commercial loss reduction measures. (viii) Penalties under the Act for theft and misuse of
power. (ix) Energy audit and accounting. (x) Demand side management. |
9 |
VIII |
Reliability Issues, Quality of Power Supply, Customer
Awareness and Satisfaction: (i) Reliability and quality of power supply and
reliability indices. (ii) Causes and cures for breakdowns, tripping and
voltage and frequency fluctuation. (iii) Creating customer awareness (iv) Prompt attendance to faults. (v) Overview of the Electricity Supply Codes of
Regulatory Commissions. |
6 |
IX |
IT Intervention: (i) Familiarisation with distribution software packages
and latest software tools and use thereof for billing and revenue
realisation, GIS mapping and Consumer indexing, inventory control, keeping
track of equipments failure rate, quick fault location, attendance, staff
salary, energy accountability and MIS etc. (ii) SCADA - RTU, communication and distribution
automation. (iii) Customer care and call centres. |
12 |
X |
Rural Electrification: (i) Outsourcing of distribution activities, appointment
of franchisees and self load management by villagers and Gram Panchayats (ii) Maintenance of complaint centres and fault
removal, etc., by village Panchayats etc. (iii) Separation of rural and urban supply system (iv) Fixation of responsibility for energy receipt and
supply balance. (v) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana. (vi) Distributed generation. |
9 |
XI |
Project Management: Contracts: (i) Contract basics and terminology (ii) Qualification - requirement, pre-qualification (iii) Bids - Technical and Commercial |
9 |
|
(iv) Vendors - qualification, development (v) Notice Inviting Tenders(NTT)/ Notice Inviting
Quotations(NIQ) (vi) Preparation of Bid Documents, tendering/ bidding (vii) Bid opening and evaluation, Award of contracts,
monitoring of contracts (viii) Contractual obligations/ liquidation, guarantee/
warranty (ix) Contractual problems and solutions (x) Revision of cost estimates, justification of cost/
time overrun and substitute items (xi) Handling/taking over procedures, closing of
contracts (xii) Legal issues of contracts and arbitration (xiii) CVC Guidelines. |
|
XII |
Disaster Management: (i) Institutional set-up for disaster Management (ii) Impact of different types of disasters (iii)Trigger mechanism and warning system (iv) Check list and preparedness to address disasters. (v) First aid techniques. |
3 |
XIII |
Electrical Safety Aspects: (i) Basic principles of safety, importance of safety
rules and their observance. (ii) List of safety equipment, their use and
maintenance thereof. (iii) Permit procedure - self permit, permit on phone
and procedures to be observed. (iv) Electric shock, safety and procedure for recovery/
resuscitation. (v) Causes of accidents, safe working procedures to
avoid accidents. (vi) Principle and causes of fire, and precautions to
be taken to avoid fires. |
9 |
XIV |
Field Visits and on-job training: (i) Familiarisation with layout of sub stations and
equipments (ii) Operational aspects of equipments/ systems and
synchronization (iii) Line/ feeder connections, protection schemes,
loading aspects, balancing of loads (iv) Planning shift operations. (v) Maintenance schedules (vi) Procedures for permit to work/ line clear (vii) Testing lab facilities, testing and commissioning (viii) Maintenance of Log Books/ history records and
adherence to the timely recording. (ix) Familiarisation with IT tools. |
66 |
|
Total |
195 Hours = 6 ? Weeks |
Part V
SYLLABUS FOR SUPERVISORS
ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUB-TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Overview of Power Sector Scenario (i) Growth of Power Industry in India. (ii) Organisation/ Power Sector set-up in India. (iii) Electricity Distribution in India (iv) Private Participation in Distribution. (v) Distribution Reforms in India. |
3 |
II |
Distribution Planning and Optimisation: (i) Philosophy of distribution planning. (ii) Acquaintance with software for distribution
planning and optimisation. (iii) Operation of software. (iv) Data entry formats and report generation. (v) Case study. |
6 |
III |
Sub-transmission and Distribution Lines: (i) Supports-towers/ poles (a) Types and selection criteria (b) Surveying and erection (ii) Line Conductor/ Cables - (a) Classification (b) Selection criteria (c) Conductor stringing, jointing/ binding, sagging and
tensioning, clipping and jumpering (d) Earthing arrangements (iii) Cables - types, selection, cable trenches, cable
routing and laying, cable jointing and junction box (iv) Earth wire/ neutral wire, guarding, etc. (v) Selection and fixing of control devices, viz. Gang
Operating switches, fuses, isolators and earthing switches, lightning
arrestors, and distribution box, etc. (vi) Installation of service lines. (vii) Street Lighting - design and layout methods. (viii) Statutory clearances, viz. environment and
forest, local bodies, railway and telegraph crossings, river crossings,
clearances under Safety and Electric Supply Regulations/Acts. (ix) Line/ cable maintenance including hot line
maintenance - line patrolling, inspection, periodicity, work permit, line
clear and authorisation, erection of temporary earth and restoration of
supply, maintenance T&P and safety devices, Thermo vision scanning, hot
spots, etc. |
9 |
IV |
Electric Sub-Stations (33 kV and below): (i) Type, site selection, layout and civil Engineering
requirements. (ii) Bus bar arrangement, sub-station equipment, viz.
transformers, circuit breakers, etc. (iii) Auxiliary systems, viz. DG set, battery system
and fire fighting system, etc. (iv) Control panel, meters, indicators and recorders
and relays, etc. (v) Erection, testing and commissioning of equipments/systems (vi) Earthing of sub-stations equipments and soil
testing (vii) Transformer oil and its testing (viii) Operation and maintenance of all equipments,
protective relays and auxiliaries. |
9 |
V |
Metering Requirements: (i) Type of metering, viz. DT metering, feeder metering
and Consumer metering. (ii) Regulations on installation of meters and
technical standards (iii) Meter types, their settings and operation,
testing and sealing. |
3 |
VI |
Concept of Losses and Loss Reduction Measures: (i) Concept of AT&C losses (ii) Segregation of losses. (iii) Technical loss reduction measures. (iv) Reactive power management. (v) Detection of thefts, tampering, unauthorized loads (vi) Anti-theft measures and case studies (vii) Commercial loss reduction measures. (viii) Penalties under the Act for theft and misuse of
power. (ix) Energy audit and accounting. (x) Demand side management. |
6 |
VII |
Reliability Issues, Quality of Power Supply, Customer
Awareness and Satisfaction: (i) Reliability quality of power supply and reliability
indices. (ii) Causes and cures for breakdowns, tripping and
voltage and frequency fluctuation. (iii) Creating customer awareness (iv) Prompt attendance to faults. (v) Overview of the Electricity Supply codes of
Regulatory Commissions. |
3 |
VIII |
IT Intervention: (i) Familiarisation with distribution software packages
and latest software tools and use thereof for billing and |
6 |
|
revenue realisation, GIS mapping and Consumer indexing,
Inventory control, keeping track of equipments failure rate, quick fault
location, attendance, staff salary, Energy accountability and MIS, etc. (ii) SCADA - RTU, communication and distribution
automation. (iii) Customer care and call centres. (iv) Enterprise resource planning- (a) Maintenance Management (b) Asset Management (c) Training Management (d) Financial Accounting (e) Material Management (f) Outage Management (g) Time Management |
|
IX |
Rural Electrification: (i) Outsourcing of distribution activities, appointment
of franchisees and self load management by villagers and Gram Panchayats. (ii) Maintenance of complaint centres and fault
removal, etc., by Village Panchayats, etc. (iii) Separation of rural and urban supply system (iv) Fixation of responsibility for energy receipt and
supply balance. (v) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana. (vi) Distributed generation. |
3 |
X |
Project Management: Contracts: (i) Contract basics and terminology (ii) Qualification - requirement, pre-qualification (iii) Bids - technical and commercial (iv) Vendors - qualification, development (v) Notice Inviting Tenders(NIT)/ Notice Inviting
Quotations(NIQ) (vi) Preparation of bid documents, tendering/ bidding (vii) Bid opening and evaluation, award of contracts,
monitoring of contracts (viii) Contractual obligations/ liquidation, guarantee/
warranty (ix) Contractual problems and solutions (x) Revision of cost estimates, justification of cost/
time overrun and substitute items (xi) Handling/taking over procedures, closing of
contracts (xii) Legal issues of contracts and arbitration (xiii) CVC Guidelines. |
3 |
XI |
Disaster Management: (i) Institutional set-up for disaster management (ii) Impact of different types of disasters |
3 |
|
(iii) Trigger mechanism and warning system (iv) Check list and preparedness to address disasters. (v) First aid techniques. |
|
XII |
Electrical Safety Aspects: (i) Basic principles of
safety, importance of safety rules and their observance. (ii) List of safety equipment, their use and
maintenance thereof. (iii) Permit procedure- self permit, permit on phone
and procedures to be observed. (iv) Electric shock, safety and procedure for recovery/
resuscitation. (v) Causes of accidents, safe working procedures to
avoid accidents. (vi) Principle and causes of fire, and precautions to
be taken to avoid fires. |
6 |
XIII |
Field Visits and On-Job Training: (i) Familiarisation with layout of sub-stations and
equipments (ii) Operational aspects of equipments/ systems and
synchronization (iii) Line/ feeder connections, protection schemes,
loading aspects, balancing of loads (iv) Planning shift operations. (v) Maintenance schedules (vi) Procedures for permit to work/line clear (vii) Testing lab facilities, testing and
commissioning. (viii) Maintenance of Log Books/ history records and
adherence to the timely recording. (ix) Familiarization with IT tools. |
60 |
|
Total |
120 Hours = 4 Weeks |
Part VI
SYLLABUS FOR TECHNICIANS
ENGAGED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF SUB-TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
SYSTEM
Item No. |
Particulars |
Number of Hours |
1 |
2 |
3 |
I |
Overview of Power Sector Scenario: (i) Growth of Power Industry in India. (ii) Organisation/ Power Sector set-up in India. (iii) Electricity Distribution in India (iv) Private Participation in Distribution. (v) Distribution Reforms in India. |
3 |
II |
Sub-transmission and Distribution Lines: (i) Survey for lines at voltage upto 250 V, lines at
voltage above 650 Volts but less than 33kV and for service lines and cables
and crossings such as road, railway, river and other power and telecom lines. (ii) Selection of line materials and towers/ poles and
safe handling of the same. (iii) Erection of towers/ poles - size of pit,
concreting and pole/tower alignment, etc. (iv) Line Conductors - types, selection criteria,
conductor stringing, jointing/ binding, sagging and tensioning, clipping and
jumpering and earthing arrangements. (v) Types of stays, its marking, grouting, stay
insulator, binding, etc. (vi) Cable - types, selection, cable trenches, cable
routing and laying, cable jointing and j unction box, etc. (vii) Types of guarding and clearances, earth wire/
neutral wire, anti-climbing devices and danger boards and their erection. (viii) Selection and fixing of control devices, viz.
Gang Operating Switches, fuses, Isolators and earthing switches, lightning
arrestors, and distribution box, etc. (ix) Installation of service lines. (x) Street lighting - layout methods. (xi) Line meggering and commissioning of distribution
lines. (xii) Line patrolling, inspection, periodicity, work
permit, line clear and authorisation, tree cutting and safe clearances,
erection of temporary earth, attending to breakdowns and restoration of
supply. (xiii) Maintenance T&P and safety devices, Thermo
vision scanning, hot spots, etc. (xiv) Hot line maintenance. |
9 |
III |
Electric Sub-Stations (33 kV and below): (i) Type, site selection, layout and civil Engineering
requirements. |
9 |
|
(ii) Bus bar arrangement, sub-station equipment, viz.
transformers, circuit breakers, isolator, lightning arrestors, CTs, PTs and
power capacitors, etc., (iii) Types of transformers, their erection and
parallel operation, testing, maintenance, protection and failure. (iv) Auxiliary systems, viz. DG set, battery system and
fire fighting system, etc. - need, functions, commissioning and maintenance. (v) Control panels, meters, indicators, recorders and
relays, etc. - operation, maintenance and recording readings, etc. (vi) Control and power cables - types, laying of and
jointing. (vii) Installation, operation and maintenance of all
equipments. (viii) Cooling and drying out of transformers,
transformer oil and its testing. (ix) Erection of DP structure for transformer. (x) High Voltage Distribution System (HVDS) - erection
and connecting the Consumers. (xi) Sub-station earthing, equipment earthing and
Consumer's earthing, and use of Megger and procedure and materials for
improving quality of earth resistance. (xii) Fire fighting equipment, their type, use and
periodical maintenance, indicators and recorders and relays, etc. |
|
IV |
Metering Requirements: (i) Type of metering, viz. DT metering, feeder metering
and Consumer metering. (ii) Regulations on installation of meters and
technical standards (iii) Meter types, their settings and operation,
testing and sealing. (iv) Computerised billing. |
3 |
V |
Concept of Losses and Loss Reduction Measures: (i) Concept of AT&C losses. (ii) Detection of thefts, tampering, unauthorized
loads. (iii) Anti-theft measures and case studies. |
3 |
VI |
Reliability issues, Quality of Power Supply, Customer
Awareness and Satisfaction: (i) Introduction to reliability and quality of power supply. (ii) Causes and cures for breakdowns, tripping and
voltage and frequency fluctuation. (iii) Prompt attention to faults and customer care. |
3 |
VII |
Electrical Safety Aspects: (i) Basic principles of safety, importance of safety
rules and their observance. |
12 |
|
(ii) List of safety equipment, their use and
maintenance hereof. (iii) Permit procedure- self permit, permit on phone
and procedures to be observed. (iv) Electric shock, safety and procedure for recovery/
resuscitation. (v) Causes of accidents, safe working procedures to
avoid accidents. (vi) Principle and causes of fire, and precautions to
be taken to avoid fires. |
|
VIII |
Rural Electrification: (i) Separation of rural and urban supply systems. (ii) Rajiv Gandhi Grameen Vidyutikaran Yojana. |
3 |
IX |
Disaster Management: (i) Impact of different types of disasters. (ii) Check list and preparedness to address disasters. (iii) First aid techniques. |
3 |
X |
Field Visits and On Job Training: (i) Familiarisation with layout of sub-stations and
equipments. (ii) Operational aspects of equipments/ systems and
synchronization. (iii) Line/ feeder connections, protection schemes,
loading aspects, balancing of loads. (iv) Adherence to shift system. (v) Maintenance schedules. (vi) Procedures for permit to work/ line clear. (vii) Testing lab facilities, testing and
commissioning. (viii) Safety aspects and safety drill. (ix) Hot line maintenance. (x) Maintenance of Log Books/ history records and
adherence to the timely recording. (xi) Familiarisation with Tools and Plants (T&P). (xii) Familiarisation with IT tools. |
60 |
|
Total |
108 Hours = 4 Weeks |
SCHEDULE-III
Handling of electric
supply lines and apparatus
[See sub-regulation
(3) of regulation (19)]
Precautions to be
observed
(1)
Hotline Maintenance
trained personnel only are designated to do work on line.
(2)
Work permit will be
taken from the terminal substations at each end of the line.
(3)
Work shall be
performed with proper planning and prior understanding and clarity.
(4)
Favourable climatic
condition for hotline operations is sunny weather. If the weather forecasts
rain or thunderstorms work will not begin.
(5)
Organisation of work
shall be discussed among the members and responsibility of each team member
fixed.
(6)
Before going to the
work site all equipment and tools shall be inspected and checked for correct
operation.
(7)
Auto re-closure
shall be in 'OFF' position for the line at both ends.
(8)
The work procedure
shall be discussed with the team member at the tower location and the
responsibility of each member shall be properly defined.
(9)
The land in close
vicinity to the tower shall be cleared to provide a site area for the required
tools.
(10)
All cleaned hot
sticks, strain carrier and other assemblies shall be kept on the hotline tool
rack to avoid ground contact.
(11)
Wear helmet, safety
shoes and safety belt shall compulsorily be used.
(12)
All hot sticks and
ladders shall be cleaned and checked for integrity by the hot sticks Tester.
(13)
All linemen in the hotline
team shall be equipped with personal protective equipment during the work.
(14)
No live-line team
members on the tower and conductor shall wear any metallic chain, wristwatch or
ring to avoid any circulating current.
(15)
The team linemen
will wear conductive socks, boots, helmets and hand gloves. The 'hot-end'
lineman shall wear complete bare hand suit.
(16)
Tarpaulin sheet
should be laid on the work area.
(17)
A light vehicle
shall be kept nearby during entire work period.
Tools normally
required for hot line maintenance operation :
The following tools conforming
to relevant Indian Standard or equivalent specifications shall be used in
on-line working.
(1)
Wire tongs
(2)
Wire tongs saddle
(3)
Tie sticks
(4)
Strain link sticks
(5)
Roller link sticks
(6)
Suspension link
sticks
(7)
Auxiliary arms
(8)
Strain carrier
(9)
Gin poles
(10)
Cum-a-along clamp
(11)
Safety equipment
like conductor guards, X-arm guards, insulator covers, hand gloves etc.
(12)
Hot sticks
Safe Working
Distance:
The following safe working
distances shall be observed
Phase to Phase |
Safe Clearance |
kV |
Meter |
11 |
0.61 |
33 |
0.71 |
66 |
0.91 |
110 |
1.02 |
132 |
1.07 |
220 |
1.52 |
400 |
2.13 |
SCHEDULE-IV
Forms of Inspection
Report
[See sub-regulation
(3) of regulation (30)]
FORM I
(Installations of
voltage up to and including 250V)
1[Report No. ______________Date
of inspection by Electrical Inspector or self-certification by owner
Date of last inspection or
self-certification _______________]
1.
Consumer No.______
2.
Voltage and system
of supply:
(i)
Volts_______________
(ii)
No. of
Phases____________
(iii)
AC/DC______________
3.
Type of wiring
4.
?Name of the consumer or owner
________________________
5.
Address of the
consumer or owner__________________________
6.
Location of the
premises__________________________
7.
Particulars of the installations:__________________________
|
Number |
Connected Load in KW |
||
(a) |
(i) |
9.
Light Points |
___________ |
__________ |
|
(ii) |
10.
Fan Points |
__________ |
______________ |
|
(iii) |
11.
Plug Points |
__________ |
_______________ |
State type of wiring whether
casing capping, lead covered of teak wood batten, concealed conduit, Tough
Rubber Sheathed and any other type.
(b) ??Other equipments (complete details to be
furnished):
(i)
__________________________
(ii)__________________________
Total connected load in KW__________________________
Maximum current demand in
Amps___________________
(on the basis of total connected
load)
(c) ??Generators details i.e. Make, S. No, KVA
rating and Voltage:
(i)
__________________________
(ii)
__________________________
General conditions of the
installation:
Sl. No. |
Regulation Nos. |
Requirements |
Report |
8. |
Regulation-12 |
(i) Is/Are there any visible sign(s) of overloading in
respect of any apparatus wiring? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Condition of flexible cords, sockets, switches,
plug-pins, cut-outs and lamp holders and such other fittings. (iii) General condition of wiring. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
|
|
(iv) Whether any unauthorised temporary installation
exist? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(v) State if sockets are controlled by individual
switches. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(vi) Any other defect or condition which may be a
source of danger. If yes give details. |
Yes/No |
9. |
Regulation-13 |
Give report on condition of service lines, cables,
wires, apparatus and such other fittings placed by the supplier or owner of
the premises. If not satisfactory give details. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
10. |
Regulation-14 |
Whether suitable cut-outs provided by the supplier at
the consumer's premises are within enclosed fire proof receptacle? |
Yes/No |
11. |
Regulation-15 |
(i) State if switches are provided on live conductors. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) State if indication of a permanent nature is
provided as per Regulation so as to distinguish neutral conductor from the
live conductor. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Whether a direct line is provided on the neutral
in the case of single phase double pole iron clad switches instead of fuse ? |
Yes/No |
12. |
Regulation-16 |
(i) State if earthed terminal is provided by the
supplier. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Have three pin plugs been provided for plug points
? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) General visible condition of the earthing
arrangement. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
13. |
Regulation-17 |
Are the live parts in accessible position ? |
Yes/No |
14. |
Regulation-34 |
Leakage on premises: State insulation resistance between conductors and
earth in Mega Ohms. |
----M Ohms |
15. |
Regulation-35 |
(i) State if linked switches of requisite capacity are
provided near the point of commencement of supply. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) State if the wiring is divided in suitable number
of circuits and each such circuit is protected by suitable cut-out. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) State if supply to each motor or apparatus is
controlled by suitable linked switch. |
Yes/No |
16. |
Regulation-41 |
(i) Have the frames of every generator, stationary
motor and so far as practicable portable motor and the metallic parts (not
intended as conductors) of all other apparatus used for regulating* or
controlling electricity been earthed by two separate and distinct connections
with earth? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Is the earth wire free from mechanical damage ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) In the case of conduit, or lead covered wiring,
has the conduit or lead-cover been efficiently earthed ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) If the consumer has his own earth-electrode, state
if it is properly executed and has been tested. If yes give value of earth resistance. |
Yes/No -------Ohms. |
17. |
Overhead Lines |
(i) State if the consumer has any overhead lines. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Does the overhead line near the premises of
consumer meets the requirement of regulation 58, 60 and 61? If not, give
details. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Is guarding provided for overhead lines at road
crossings? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Any other remarks. |
|
Date: |
2[Signature of the Inspecting
Officer/Self-certifying supplier or owner Name............................... Designation....................... File No. ........................... |
Copy forwarded to Electrical
Inspector/Chief Electrical Inspector for..........................]
*Not applicable to isolated wall
tubes or to brackets, electroliers, switches, ceiling fans and such other
fittings (other than portable hand lamps and transportable apparatus) unless
provided with earth terminal.
FORM II
(Installations of
voltage level more than 250V up to and including 650V)
1[Report No. ____________________________Date
of inspection by Electrical Inspector or self-certification by
owner____________
Date of last inspection or
self-certification ________________]
1.
Consumer
No.____________________
2.
Voltage and system
of supply:
(i) Volts____________(ii) No. of
Phases ____________ (iii) AC/DC _____________
3.
Name of the consumer
or owner___________________________
4.
Address of the
consumer or owner___________________________
5.
Location of the
premises___________________________
6.
Particulars of the
installations (a) Motors:
Make |
No. |
H.P. |
Amps. |
Voltage |
(i)________________________________________________________
(ii)__________________________________________________________
(b)? ?Other
equipment (complete details to be furnished):
(i)_______________________________________________________
(ii)__________________________________________________________
Total connected load h.p./KVA
_________________________
(c) Generators details i.e.
Make, S. No, KVA rating and Voltage:
(i)__________________________________________________________
(ii)__________________________________________________________
General condition of the
installation:
Sl. No. |
Regulation Nos. |
Requirements |
Report |
7. |
Regulation-3 |
Is the register of designated persons properly made and
kept up to date duly attested ? |
Yes/No |
8. |
Regulation-12 |
(i) Is/Are there any visible sign(s) of overloading in
respect of any apparatus wiring? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether any unauthorised temporary installation
exist?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Are the electric supply lines and apparatus so
installed, protected, worked and maintained as to prevent danger ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Any other general remarks. |
|
9. |
Regulation-13 |
Give report on condition of service lines, cables,
wires, apparatus and such other fittings placed by the supplier or owner of
the premises. If not satisfactory give details. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
10. |
Regulation-14 |
Whether suitable cut-outs provided by the supplier at
the consumer's premises are within enclosed fire proof receptacle? |
Yes/No |
11. |
Regulation-15 |
(i) Whether switches are provided on live conductors?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether indication of a permanent nature is provided
as per Regulation so as to distinguish neutral conductor from the live
conductor?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Whether a direct line is provided on the neutral
in the case of single phase double pole iron clad switches instead of fuse ? |
Yes/No |
12. |
Regulation-16 |
(i) Whether earthed terminal is provided by the
supplier?. (ii) General visible condition of the earthing
arrangement. |
Yes/No Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
13. |
Regulation-17 |
(i) Are bare conductors in building inaccessible? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether readily accessible switches have been
provided for rendering them dead ? |
Yes/No |
14. |
Regulation-18 |
Whether "Danger Notice" in Hindi and the
local language of the district and of a design as per relevant Indian
Standard is affixed permanently in conspicuous position?. |
Yes/No |
15. |
Regulation-19 |
(i) Whether insulating floor or mats conforming to
IS-15652:2006 have been provided? (ii) Whether identification of panel has been provided
on the front and the rear of the panel? |
Yes/No Yes/No |
16. |
Regulation-21 |
Whether flexible cables used for portable or
transportable equipment covered under the Regulation, are heavily insulated
and adequately protected from mechanical injury?. |
Yes/No |
17. |
Regulation-22 |
State the condition of metallic coverings provided for
various conductors. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
18. |
Regulation-24 |
Whether the circuits or apparatus intended for
operating at different voltage(s) are distinguishable by means of
indication(s) of permanent nature?. |
Yes/No |
19. |
Regulation-26 |
Whether all circuits and apparatus are so arranged that
there is no danger of any part(s) becoming accidentally charged to any
voltage beyond the limits of voltage for which it/they is/are intended ? |
Yes/No |
20. |
Regulation-27 |
(i) In the case of generating stations, whether
fire-buckets filled with clean dry sand have been conspicuously marked and
kept in convenient situations in addition to fire-extinguishers suitable for
dealing with electric fires ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether First Aid Boxes or cupboards conspicuously
marked and properly equipped are provided and maintained?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Is adequate staff trained in First Aid Treatment
and fire fighting? |
Yes/No |
21. |
Regulation-28 |
(i) Whether instructions in English or Hindi and the local
language of the district and where Hindi is the local language, in English
and Hindi, for the resuscitation of persons suffering from electric shock
have been affixed in a "conspicuous place" ?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Are the designated persons able to apply
instructions for resuscitation of persons suffering from electric shock ? |
Yes/No |
22. |
Regulation-34 |
Leakage on premises: State insulation resistance between conductors and
earth in Mega Ohms. |
----M Ohms |
23. |
Regulation-35 |
(i) Whether a suitable linked switch, or circuit
breaker is placed near the point of commencement of supply so as to be
readily accessible and capable of being easily operated to completely isolate
the supply ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether every distinct circuit is protected
against excess electricity by means of a suitable circuit breaker or cut-out
? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Whether suitable linked switch or circuit breaker
is provided near each motor or apparatus for controlling supply to the motor
or apparatus?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Whether adequate precautions are taken to ensure
that no live parts are so exposed as to cause danger?. |
Yes/No |
24. |
Regulation-37 |
(i) Whether clear space of 100 cm is provided in front
of the main switchboard?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether the space behind the switchboard exceeds
75 cm in width or is less than 20 cm?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) In case the clear space behind the switchboard
exceeds 75 cm. state whether a passage way from either end of the switchboard
to a height of 1.80 metres is provided. |
Yes/No |
25. |
Regulation-41 |
(i) Has the neutral point at the transformer and
generator been earthed by two separate and distinct connections with earth? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Have the frame of every generator, stationary
motor and so far as practicable portable motor and the metallic parts (not
intended as conductors) of all transformers and any other apparatus used for |
Yes/No |
|
|
regulating or controlling electricity and all apparatus
consuming electricity at voltage exceeding 250V but not exceeding 650V been
earthed by two separate and distinct connections with earth? |
|
|
|
(iii) Have the metal casings or metallic coverings
containing or protecting any electric supply line or apparatus been properly
earthed and so joined and connected across all junction boxes as to make good
mechanical and electrical connection? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Whether the consumer's earth-electrode is properly
executed and has been tested. If yes, give value of earth resistance?. |
Yes/No ------Ohms. |
|
|
(v) Is the earth wire free from any mechanical damage ? |
Yes/No |
26. |
Regulation-45 |
Have the protections and interlocks for the generating
units been provided. If not, give details?. |
Yes/No |
27. |
Overhead Lines |
(i) State if the consumer has any overhead lines. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Does the overhead line near the premises of
consumer meets the requirement of regulations 58, 60 and 61? If not, give
details. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Is guarding provided for overhead lines at road
crossings? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Any other remarks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: |
2[Signature of the Inspecting
Officer/Self-certifying supplier or owner Name............................... Designation....................... File No. ........................... |
Copy forwarded to Electrical
Inspector/Chief Electrical Inspector for..........................]
FORM III
(Installations of
voltage exceeding 650V)
1[Report No.
____________________________Date of inspection by Electrical Inspector or
self-certification by owner____________ Date of last inspection or self-certification
________________] |
Date of Inspection __________ |
Sl. No. |
Regulation Nos |
Requirements |
Report |
1. |
Regulation-3 |
Is the register of the designated persons properly made
and kept up to date duly attested? |
Yes/No |
2. |
Regulation-12 |
(i) Is/Are there any visible sign(s) of overloading in
respect of any apparatus? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether any unauthorised temporary installation
exist? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Whether the motors and controlling equipment are
being over hauled periodically and record kept of the same in a register? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Whether the transformer oil samples are being
tested periodically and results recorded in a register? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(v) Whether suitable lightning arrestors have been
provided near the transformers for protection against lightning? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(vi) Whether earth resistance is being measured
periodically and results recorded in a register? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(vii) Any other defect or condition which may be a
source of danger. If Yes please explain? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(viii) Whether operation and maintenance data has been
clarified, categorized and computerized for prompt and easy retrieval? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ix) Whether predictive maintenance is being performed
for installation of voltage exceeding 650V? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(x) Whether residual life assessment and life extension
programmes are being undertaken for installations or equipment of voltage
exceeding 650V (applicable for installations or equipment more than 15 years
old)? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(xi) Whether all required type and routine tests at
factory done for equipments. Deficiencies and Discrepancies in above test
report and results, if any, shall be reported? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(xii) Are there deficiencies in construction with |
Yes/No |
|
|
reference to Indian Standard requirements. Please
specify. |
|
3. |
Regulation-13 |
Give report on condition of service lines, cables,
wires, apparatus and such other fittings placed by the supplier or owner of
the premises. If not satisfactory give details. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
4. |
Regulation-14 |
Whether suitable cut-outs provided by the supplier at
the consumer's premises are within enclosed fire proof receptacle? |
Yes/No |
5. |
Regulation-15 |
(i) Whether switches are provided on live conductors?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether indication of a permanent nature is
provided as per Regulation so as to distinguish neutral conductor from the
live conductor?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Whether a direct line is provided on the neutral
in the case of single phase double pole iron clad switches instead of fuse ? |
Yes/No |
6. |
Regulation-16 |
(i) Whether earthed terminal is provided by the
supplier?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) General visible condition of the earthing
arrangement. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
7. |
Regulation-17 |
(i) Are bare conductors in building inaccessible? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether readily accessible switches have been
provided for rendering them dead? |
Yes/No |
8. |
Regulation-18 |
Whether "Danger Notice" in Hindi and the
local language of the district and of a design as per relevant Indian
Standard is affixed permanently in conspicuous position?. |
Yes/No |
9. |
Regulation-19 |
(i) Whether the practice of working on live lines and
apparatus is adopted ? If so, have the safety measure been adopted as per
Schedule-III ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether insulating floor or mats conforming to
IS-15652:2006 have been provided? |
Yes/No |
|
|
14. (iii) Whether identification of panel has been
provided on the front and the rear of the panel? |
Yes/No |
10. |
Regulation-21 |
Whether flexible cables used for portable or
transportable equipment covered under the Regulation, are heavily insulated
and adequately protected from mechanical injury?. |
Yes/No |
11. |
Regulation-22 |
State the condition of metallic coverings provided for
various conductors. |
Satisfactory/Not Satisfactory |
12. |
Regulation-24 |
Whether the circuits or apparatus intended for
operating at different voltage(s) are distinguishable by means of
indication(s) of permanent nature?. |
Yes/No |
13. |
Regulation-26 |
Whether all circuits and apparatus are so arranged that
there is no danger of any part(s) becoming accidentally charged to any
voltage beyond the limits of voltage for which it/they is/are intended ? |
Yes/No |
14. |
Regulation-27 |
(i) In the case of generating stations and enclosed sub
stations, whether fire-buckets filled with clean dry sand have been
conspicuously marked and kept in convenient situations in addition to
fire-extinguishers suitable for dealing with electric fires ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether First Aid Boxes or cupboards conspicuously
marked and properly equipped are provided and maintained?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Is adequate staff trained in First Aid Treatment
and fire fighting? |
Yes/No |
15. |
Regulation-28 |
(i) Whether instructions in English or Hindi and the
local language of the district and where Hindi is the local language, in
English and Hindi, for the resuscitation of persons suffering from electric
shock have been affixed in a "conspicuous place" ?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Are the designated persons able to apply
instructions for resuscitation of persons suffering from electric shock ? |
Yes/No |
16. |
Regulation-34 |
Leakage on premises: State insulation resistance between conductors and
earth in Mega Ohms. |
-----M Ohms |
17. |
Regulation-35 |
(i) Whether a suitable linked switch, or circuit
breaker, or emergency tripping device is placed near the point of
commencement of supply so as to be readily accessible and capable of being
easily operated to completely isolate the supply? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether suitable linked switch or a circuit
breaker to carry and break the full load current on the secondary side of a
transformer? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Whether every distinct circuit is protected
against excess electricity by means of a suitable circuit breaker or cut-out? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Whether linked switch or circuit breaker or
emergency tripping device is provided near the motor or other apparatus at |
Yes/No |
|
|
voltage exceeding 650V but not exceeding 33kV for
controlling supply to the motor or apparatus? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(v) Whether adequate precautions are taken to ensure
that no live parts are so exposed as to cause danger? |
Yes/No |
18. |
Regulation-37 |
(i) Whether clear space of 100 cm is provided in front
of the main switchboard?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether the space behind the switchboard exceeds
75 cm in width or is less than 20 cm?. |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) In case the clear space behind the switchboard
exceeds 75 cm. State whether a passage way from either end of the switchboard
to a height of 1.80 meters is provided. |
Yes/No |
19. |
Regulation-44 |
(i) Whether all conductors and apparatus including live
parts thereof are inaccessible? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Whether all windings of motors or other apparatus
are suitably protected? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) State in case of transformers or reactors or
switches or static condensers involving the use of more than 2,000 litres of
oil in one chamber, if suitable oil soak pits are provided? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Where 9,000 litres or more of oil is used in any
one oil tank, has provision, been made for draining away or removal of oil
which may leak or escape from such tank(s)? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(v) Whether trenches inside sub-station containing
cables are filled with non-inflammable material or completely covered with
non- inflammable slabs? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(vi) Are conductors and apparatus so arranged that they
may be made dead in sections for carrying out work thereon? |
Yes/No |
20. |
Regulation-45 |
Whether protections and interlocks have been provided?
If not, give details. |
Yes/No |
21. |
Regulation-48 |
(i) Have the frames of every generator, stationary
motor, and so far as practicable portable motor and metallic parts not
intended as conductors of all transformers and any other apparatus used for
regulating or controlling electricity and all electricity consuming apparatus
at voltage exceeding 650V but not exceeding 33kV been earthed by two separate
and distinct connections with earth ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Is the earth wire free from any mechanical damage
? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) Has the neutral point at the transformer and
generator been earthed by two separate and distinct connections with earth? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) Have the metal casings or metallic coverings
containing or protecting any electric supply line or apparatus been |
Yes/No |
|
|
properly earthed and so joined and connected across all
junction boxes as to make good mechanical and electrical connections
throughout their whole length? |
|
|
|
(v) Whether earthing has been properly executed and has
been tested. If yes, give value of earth resistance. |
Yes/No ------Ohms |
22. |
Regulation-49 |
Is the outdoor (except pole type) sub-station
efficiently protected by fencing not less than 1.8 metres in height? |
Yes/No |
23 |
Regulation-50 |
(i) Where platform type construction is used for pole
type sub-station, has sufficient space for a man to stand on the platform
been provided? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ii) Has hand-rail been provided and connected with
earth (if metallic and if sub-station has not been erected on wooden supports
and wooden plateform)? |
Yes/No |
24. |
Regulation-51 |
Has suitable provision been made for immediate and
automatic or manual discharge of every static condenser on disconnection of
supply ? |
Yes/No |
21 |
Overhead Lines |
(i) What is the minimum size of the conductors of
overhead lines used ? State the type of conductors. |
Size of Conductor -- |
|
|
(ii) Whether clearances above ground of the lowest
conductor of overhead lines are as per regulation 58? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iii) On the basis of maximum sag, Whether vertical
clearances where the line of voltage exceeding 650V passes above or adjacent
to any building or part of a building are as per regulation 61? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(iv) On the basis of maximum deflection due to wind
pressure, whether horizontal clearances between the nearest conductor and any
part of such building are as per regulation 61? |
Yes/No ' |
|
|
(v) Where conductors forming parts of system at
different voltages are erected on the same supports, whether adequate
provision has been made as per regulation 62 to guard against danger to
linemen and others from the lower voltage system being charged above its
normal working voltage by leakage from or contact with the higher voltage
system ? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(vi) Where overhead lines cross or are in proximity to
each other whether they have |
Yes/No |
|
|
been suitably protected to guard against possibility of
their coming in contact with each other as per regulation 69? |
|
|
|
(vii) Has every guard wire been properly earthed as per
regulation 70 at each point at which its electrical continuity is broken? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(viii)(a) Whether metal supports of overhead lines and
metallic fittings attached thereto are permanently earthed as per regulation
72? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(b) Has each stay-wire (except in case where an
insulator has been placed in it at a height not less than 3 meters from the
ground) been earthed as per regulation 72? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(ix)(a) Whether overhead line is suitably protected
with a device for rendering the line electrically harmless in case it breaks
as per regulation 73? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(b) Whether anti-climbing devices have been provided at
each support as per regulation 73? |
Yes/No |
|
- |
(x) (a) Has the owner of overhead lines adopted
efficient means for diverting to earth any electrical surges due to lightning
in every overhead line which is so exposed as to be liable to injury from
lightning as per regulation 74? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(b) Whether earth lead from the lightning arrestors is
connected to a separate earth electrode as per regulation 74? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(xi) Whether unused overhead lines are maintained in a
safe mechanical condition as per regulation 75? |
Yes/No |
|
|
(xii) Whether statutory clearances from Authorities
i.e. Forest Department/Railways/ PTCC/Defence (AHQ)/Civil Aviation have been
taken as per Indian standard. If yes, enclose copies of the same. (xii) Any other remarks. |
Yes/No |
Date: |
2[Signature of the Inspecting
Officer/Self-certifying supplier or owner Name............................... Designation....................... File No. ........................... |
Copy forwarded to Electrical
Inspector/Chief Electrical Inspector for..........................]
_________________
1. Substituted by the Central
Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Amendment Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015
for the following : -
"Report No._________ Date
of Inspection____________
Date of Last
inspection_________________"
2. Substituted by the Central
Electricity Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply)
Amendment Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015
for the following : -
"Signature of the
Inspecting Officer/
Name ___________
Designation ____________
File No. ___________
Copy forwarded to Chief
Electrical Inspector for....................."
SCHEDULE-V
Form for obtaining
results during inspection by supplier at each supply point to consumer
[See sub-regulation
(2) of regulation (31)]
1.
Name and address of
the consumer
2.
Details of
installation
3.
Short circuit fault
level of the installation
4.
Date of
commissioning of installation (in case of additional supply or reconnection)
5.
Results of tests
conducted:
Sl No |
Equipment |
Test Conducted |
Test Results |
Remarks |
1 |
Linked Switch with fuse(s) |
(i) Mechanical operation (ii) Rating of fuse |
Smooth/troublesome |
|
|
|
|
Amp. |
|
|
|
(iii) Contact of blades |
Full/Partial |
|
1 a |
Isolator |
i) Mechanical operation ii) Remote operation |
OK/not OK OK/not OK |
|
|
|
iii) Local operation |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
iv) Measurement of contact resistance |
------------micro Ohm |
|
|
|
v) Interlocking with earth switch |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
vi) Interlocking with CB |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
vii) IR Values |
-------------M Ohm |
|
|
|
|
Ph-Ph Ph-E |
|
|
|
Open condition |
-- |
|
|
|
Closed condition |
....... |
|
2 |
Circuit Breaker |
(1) Rating of Circuit Breaker (a) Type |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sl.No. ------ |
(b) Voltage (c) Normal Current |
-------------- kV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Rupturing capacity |
-------------------KA |
|
|
|
(2) IR Values |
-----------m Ohm |
|
|
|
|
Ph-Ph Ph-E |
|
|
|
Open condition |
-- |
|
|
|
Close condition |
-- |
|
|
|
(3) Contact Resistance: |
------------micro ohm |
|
|
|
(4) Mechanical operation: |
Instant smooth/time |
|
|
|
(5) Remote operation: (6) Local operation: (7) Interlocking with Isolator: (8) Interlocking with earth switch' |
gap (Sec.) OK/not OK OK/not OK OK/not OK OK/not OK |
|
|
Circuit Breaker |
(9) Alarm and Trip for OTI/WTI/Buchholz/PRV |
OK/not OK |
|
|
Control |
(10) Earth Fault Relay: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
Circuits |
(11) Over current Relay: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(12) Under Voltage Relay: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(13) SF6 pressure alarm and trip operation test |
OK/not OK |
|
3 |
Transformer |
(A) Insulation Resistance Values: |
|
|
|
Sl. No. -- |
1. HT to LT: |
--------------M ohm |
|
|
|
2. HT to Earth: |
--------------M ohm |
|
|
|
3. LT to Earth: |
--------------M ohm |
|
|
|
(B) Break down Voltage Test |
|
|
|
|
Oil Sample - I(Top) |
--------------kV |
|
|
|
Oil Sample - II (Bottom) (C) Vector Group Test: |
--------------kV OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(D) Polarity Tests: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(E) Magnetizing Balance: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(F) Tan Delta Test (as per capacity) |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(G) Oil level in conservator Tank: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(H) Oil level in breather cup: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(I) OTI/WTI settings : |
A/T-- ?C A/T--?C |
|
|
|
(J) OTI/WTI alarm and trip |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
operation |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(K) Operation of Buchholz relay : |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(L) Operation of PRV |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(M) Oil leakage |
OK/not OK |
|
|
|
(N) Interlock of door switch for dry transformer |
|
|
|
|
(O) Clearances for |
---------Cms |
|
|
|
Side clearance: |
----------Meters |
|
|
|
Between two Transformers:(P) Body |
----------Ohm |
|
|
|
earth resistance |
N1-- Ohm |
|
|
|
Neutral earth resistance |
N2--Ohm |
|
4 |
DG Set Sl. Nos. for |
(A) Interlocking with other Supply Sources: |
OK/not OK |
|
|
1. Alternator: |
(B) Body earth resistance |
----------Ohm |
|
|
2. Engine : |
Neutral earth resistance |
N1--Ohm N2--Ohm |
|
5 |
Cables |
(A) Insulation Resistance Values: |
|
|
|
Size: Sq. mm |
1. Ph-Ph: |
---------MOhm |
|
|
|
2. Ph-Earth: |
-------m ohm |
|
|
|
3. Ph- Earth + other Ph : |
---------MOhm. |
|
|
|
(B) Bending Radius: |
OK/not OK |
|
6 |
Earthing : |
A) Metal and Size of Earth Strips: |
Cu/Al/GI -- Sq. mm |
|
|
X |
B) Type of Earthings:. |
Yes/No |
|
|
|
(1) Plate Earthing: |
Yes/No |
|
|
|
(2) Pipe Earthing: |
Yes/No |
|
|
|
(3) Counter poise Earthing |
|
|
|
|
(C) Values of Earth resistances of |
N1 --ohm N2 --ohm |
|
|
|
|
earth electrodes for |
(R) ---ohm (Y) ---ohm |
|
|
|
(1) Reactor Neutral: |
(B)--ohm |
|
|
|
(2) LAs : |
--------ohm |
|
|
|
|
--------ohm |
|
|
|
(3). Structure: |
|
|
|
|
(4) Frames/Bodies of Equipment: |
--------ohm |
|
|
|
(5) Motors: |
|
7 |
Potential |
(i) |
Ratio test |
OK/not OK |
|
Transformer |
(ii) |
Polarity test |
OK/not OK |
|
|
(iii) |
BDV of oil |
----------kV |
|
|
(iv) |
IR test |
(R) P-E-------M Ohm (Y)P-E-------MOhm (B) P-E-------M Ohm |
8. |
Current |
(i) |
Ratio test |
OK/not OK |
|
Transformer |
(ii) |
Polarity test |
OK/not OK |
|
|
(iii) |
BDV of oil |
-------kV |
|
|
(iv) |
IR test |
(R) P-E-------M Ohm (Y) P-E-------M Ohm (B) P-E-------M Ohm |
9. |
Transmission line |
(i) |
Physical condition of conductor/tower |
OK/not OK |
|
|
(ii) |
Check of tower accessories |
OK/not OK |
|
|
(iii) |
Tower footing resistance |
----------Ohm |
|
|
(iv) |
Conductor continuity test |
OK/not OK |
|
|
(v) |
Check of ground clearance |
OK/not OK |
|
|
(vi) |
Check of electrical clearance along the route |
OK/not OK |
General Observations:
Sl.No. |
Item |
Observations |
1. |
Check of required phase to phase, phase to ground and
sectional clearance. |
|
2. |
Check of equipment lay out and over all installation
details. |
|
3. |
Test of resistance of earth mat or earth electrodes as
applicable. |
|
4. |
Check of consumer's pre-commissioning test reports of
individual equipment. |
|
5. |
Check of manufacturer's routine/type test reports of
individual equipment. |
|
6. |
Whether Inspector's approval if applicable is obtained? |
|
7. |
Whether owner's self certification about compliance
with the Regulations is obtained? |
|
8. |
General observation and views (specific deviation from
the requirements of the Regulations shall be clearly brought out). |
|
Name, Signature and
Seal of the Authority???
SCHEDULE-VI
Form for notice in
respect of failure of supply
[See sub-regulation
(3) of regulation (39)]
(1)
Name and address of
the supplier :
(2)
Date and time of
failure of supply :
(3)
Areas affected due
to failure :
(4)
Causes of failure :
(5)
Probable time for
restoration of supply :
(6)
Additional
information, if any :
Date: Place: Time: |
(Name, Signature, Designation and Seal of Authoity) |
SCHEDULE-VII
Minimum safety
working clearances where electricity at voltage exceeding 650 V is supplied,
converted, transformed or used
[See sub-regulation (2)(iii) of
regulation (44)]
Highest System
Voltage (kV) |
Safety Working Clearance (Metres) |
12 |
2.6 |
36 |
2.8 |
72.5 |
3.1 |
145 |
3.7 |
245 |
4.3 |
420 |
6.4 |
800 |
10.3 |
(1)
The above values are
valid for altitude not exceeding 1000 m. A correction factor of 1.25 per cent
per 100 m is to be applied for increasing the clearance for altitude more than
1000 m and upto 3000 m;
(2)
The above safety
working clearances are based on an insulation height of 2.44 m which is the
height of lowest point on the insulator, where it meets the earthed metal, from
the ground;
?
(3)
"Safety Working
Clearance" is the minimum clearance to be maintained in air between the
live part of the equipment on one hand and earth or another piece of equipment
or conductor on which it is necessary to carry out the work, on the other;
(4)
The "Highest
System Voltage" is defined as the highest rms phase to phase voltage which
occurs under normal operating conditions at any time and at any point of the
system. It excludes voltage transients (such as those due to system switching)
and temporary voltage variations due to abnormal system conditions (such as
those due to fault conditions or the sudden disconnection of large loads).???
SCHEDULE-VIII
Minimum safety clearances to be maintained for bare
conductors or live parts of any apparatus in out-door sub-stations, excluding
overhead lines of HVDC istallations
[See sub-regulation (5) of regulation (44)]
S.No. |
DC Voltage (kV) |
Pole to Earth Clearance (Metres) |
Ground Clearance (Metres) |
1. |
100 kV |
1.17 |
4.55 |
2. |
200 kV |
1.80 |
5.65 |
3. |
300 kV |
2.45 |
6.75 |
4. |
400 kV |
3.04 |
8.00 |
5. |
500 kV |
3.65 |
9.00 |
6. |
600 kV |
3.98 |
10.1 |
7. |
800 kV |
5.3 |
11.2 |
(1)
The above ground clearances are not
applicable to equipment that are housed within fence or a building and where
access is prevented under energised condition through a suitable safety
interlocking scheme;
(2)
The above pole to earth clearances are
for conductor-structure electrode configuration using gap factor k equal to
1.35.
(3)
It is recognised that within a substation
many different types of electrode configurations shall be there with different
values of k, therefore, the above clearance shall be modified based upon the
values of gap factor for a particular electrode configuration subjected to the
minimum ground clearance.
(4)
Clearance shall be provided for
electrical apparatus so that sufficient space is available for easy operation
and maintenance without any hazard to the operating and maintenance personnel
working near the equipment and for ensuring adequate ventilation.???
SCHEDULE-IX
Form for reporting failure of Transformers or
Reactors of rating 20 MVA/MVAR and above
[See sub-regulation (8) of regulation (46)]
(1)
Type of Equipment (Transformer or
Reactor)
(2)
Capacity (MVA/MVAR)
(3)
Location (Address)
(4)
Owner and address of owner
(5)
Date of failure
(6)
Year of manufacture
(7)
Date of Installation
(8)
Make
(9)
Reasons for failure
(10)
Measures being taken to avoid recurrence
of failure
Date:
(Signature
and name of Manager/Executive Engineer of the installation)???
SCHEDULE-X
Ground, Vertical and Horizontal clearances
[See sub-regulation (6) of regulation 58,
sub-regulation (5) of regulation (60) and sub-regulation (5) of regulation 61]
GCL:
Clearances as per Regulation 59
VCL:
Clearances as per Regulation 60 & 61
HCL:
Clearances as per Regulation 60 & 61???
SCHEDULE-XI
FORM OF ANNUAL RETURN FOR MINES
[See sub-regulation (1) of regulation (95)]
This
form must be correctly filled up by the owner, agent, manager or engineer and
sent to the Inspector not later than the first day of February every year.
Part A
|
|
Year ending 20 |
Name of Mine |
State |
|
Situation of Mine |
District |
|
Postal address of Mine |
|
|
Name and address of owner |
|
|
Name of agent |
|
|
Name of manager |
|
|
Name of engineer |
|
|
Name of Electrical Supervisor |
|
|
Part B
(1)
System of supply (whether direct current
or alternating current) Voltage of supply
Periodicity
(if alternating current) Source of supply.
(2)
Voltage at which electricity is used for
:-
Lighting
Power
(3)
Particulars of Motor etc.
POWER
(a)
On Surface
Type
of Motor (H.P./K.W.) / apparatus and voltage |
Type of control gear |
Location |
Purpose for which used |
|
|
|
|
(b)
In Mine |
|||||
Type of Motor (H.P./K.W.) / apparatus
and voltage ' |
Type of control gear |
Location |
Purpose for which used |
Ventilation |
Percentage of inflammable gas or vapour |
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIGHTING |
|||
Type of light fitting |
Wattage |
Location |
Percentage of inflammable gas or vapor |
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE-XII
FORM OF ANNUAL RETURN FOR OIL-FIELDS
[See sub-regulation (1) of regulation (95)]
This
form must be correctly filled up by the owner, agent, manager or engineer and
sent to the Inspector not later than the first day of February every year.
Part A
|
|
Year ending 20 |
Situation of Oil-field |
State |
|
Name of Oil-field |
District |
|
Postal address of Oil-field |
|
|
Name and address of owner |
|
|
Name of agent |
|
|
Name of manager |
|
|
Name of engineer |
|
|
Name of Electrical Supervisor |
|
|
Part B
(1)
System of supply (whether direct current
or alternating current) Voltage of supply
Periodicity
(if alternating current) Source of supply.
(2)
Voltage at which electricity is used for
:-
Lighting
Power
(3)
Particulars of Motor etc. in use on the
field:-
(a)
On wells |
||||
(4)
No. or other
identifying Mark of well |
Drilling or pumping |
Type and H.P of motor |
No. of lamps and type |
Other electrical appliances |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
(b)
Not on wells |
||
Type and H.P of motor |
Purpose for which used |
Identifying mark on map |
1 |
2 |
3 |
(4)? ?Other electrical appliances, not including in
item3, in use on the field.
Appliances
Type and size in KW. |
Purpose for which used |
Identifying mark on map |
SCHEDULE-XIII
LOG SHEET FOR MINES AND OIL-FIELDS
[See sub-regulation (9) of regulation (110), clause
(a) and (b) of sub-regulation (5) of regulation (115)]
Daily Log sheet for
(1)
Name of Electrical Supervisor
(2)
Report as to:-
(a)
Condition of the insulation of the
system.
(b)
Specified defects of insulation
(particulars of each failure of apparatus should be given).
(c)
Accidents or dangerous occurrence
(including any cases of electric shock and any cases of open sparking in
apparatus in use in places where regulation 110 applies.
(d)
Disconnection and reconnection of supply
as required by sub-regulation (9) of regulation 110.
(e)
Examination of earth fault detectors or
recorders as provided by sub-regulation (3) of regulation 100.
(f)
Examinations of apparatus as provided by
Regulation 115.
(i)
Routine examinations as required by
clause (a) of sub-regulation (5) of regulation 115.
(ii)
Special examination* as required by
clause (b) of sub-regulation (5) of regulation 115.
(3)
Remarks:-
Signed
Examined
by
Electrical
Supervisor:
Engineer:
Manager.
*State
which apparatus has been examined or tested and result.
NOTE:.-
This log sheet should be filled in as completely as possible. If, for instance,
there are no defects of insulation to report, the word 'none' should be written
in the vacant space.
[1] Substituted by the Central Electricity Authority
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment Regulations, 2018
vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2017 dated 01.03.2018 for the following :-
"[(fa) "Charted Electrical Safety
Engineer" means a person as notified by the Appropriate Government as
referred to in regulation 5A;]"
[2] Inserted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015.
[3] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(v)
"flameproof enclosure" means an enclosure for electrical machinery or
apparatus that will withstand, when the covers, or other access doors are
properly secured, an internal explosion of the inflammable gas or vapour which
may enter or originate inside the enclosure, without suffering damage and
without communicating the internal flammation (or explosion) to the external
inflammable gas or vapour in which it is designed to be used, through any
joints or other structural openings in the enclosure;"
[4] ?Inserted by the Central Electricity Authority
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment Regulations, 2015
vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015.
[5] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(zc)
"intrinsically safe" as applied to apparatus or associated circuits
shall denote that any sparking that may occur in normal working is incapable of
causing explosion of inflammable gas or vapour;"
[6] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2018 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2017 dated 01.03.2018 for the
following : -
"[(zka)
"notified voltage" means a voltage notified by the Appropriate
Government for the purpose of self-certification under regulation 30 and
regulation 43;]"
[7] Inserted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015.
[8] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
[9] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2018 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2017 dated 01.03.2018 for the
following : -
"(2)
The Electrical Safety Officer shall be an Electrical Engineering degree holder
with at least five years of experience in operation and maintenance of
electrical installations."
[10] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2018 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2017 dated 01.03.2018 for the
following : -
[11] ?Inserted by the Central Electricity Authority
(Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment Regulations, 2015
vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015.
[12] The periodical inspection and testing of
installations of voltage above the notified voltage belonging to the supplier
or consumer shall be carried out by the Electrical Inspector:
[13] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
[14] .
Substituted by the Central Electricity Authority (Measures relating to
Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No.
CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the following : -
[15] substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
[16] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2018 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2017 dated 01.03.2018 for the
following : -
"(1)
Every electrical installation of notified voltage and below shall be inspected,
tested and shall be self-certified by the owner of the installation before
commencement of supply or recommencement after shutdown for six months and
above for ensuring observance of safety measures specified under these
regulations and such owner shall submit the report of self-certification in the
Form-I or Form-II or Form-III, as the case may be, of Schedule-IV to the
Electrical Inspector."
[17] The Electrical Inspector may, on receipt
of self-certification report referred to in sub-regulation (1), accept the
report submitted by the supplier or owner and record variations as the
circumstances of each case may require and may recommend that the defects may
be rectified as recommended:
Provided
further that every electrical installation covered under section 54 of the Act
including every electrical installations of mines, oil fields and railways
shall be inspected and tested by the Electrical Inspector of the Appropriate
Government as specified in sub-regulation (3)."
[18] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
[19] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
[20] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2018 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2017 dated 01.03.2018 for the
following : -
"(c)
supervision charges and charges incurred by the supplier or owner in complying
with the provisions of section 67 of the Act, in respect of such
alterations."
[21] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
(6) No work
upon such building, structure, flood bank, road and addition or alteration
thereto shall be commenced or continued until the Electrical Inspector has
certified that the provisions of regulation 58, 60 and 61 should not be
contravened either during or after the aforesaid construction:
Provided
that the Electrical Inspector may, if he is satisfied that the overhead line
has been so guarded as to secure the protection of persons or property from
injury, certify that the work may be executed prior to the alteration of the
overhead line or in the case of temporary addition or alteration, without
alteration of the overhead line.
(7) The
supplier or owner shall, oh receipt of such deposit, alter the overhead line in
such a way that it does not contravene the provisions regulation 58, 60 and 61
either during or after such construction within two months from the date of
such deposit or within such longer period as the Electrical Inspector may
allow.
[22] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(2) No
blasting for any purpose shall be done within 300 metres from the boundary of a
sub-station or from the electric supply lines of voltage exceeding 650 V or
tower structure thereof without the written permission of the owner of such
sub-station or electric supply lines or tower structures and in case of mining
lease hold area, without the written permission of the Inspector of
Mines."
[23] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"95. Notices.--
[24] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"99.
Method of earthing.--
Where earthing is necessary in a mine it shall be
carried out by connection to an earthing system at the surface of the mine and
in a manner approved by the inspector of mines."
[25] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment Regulations,
2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the following : -
"(1)
Properly constructed switchgear for disconnecting the supply of electricity to
a mine or oil-field shall be provided at a point approved by the inspector of
mines."
[26] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(4) If
the inspector of mines in the interest of safety considered it necessary, he
may direct that the apparatus specified in sub-regulation (3) shall be so
arranged as to disconnect automatically, from the supply, any section of the
system subjected to a fault."
[27] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(6)
Whenever required by the inspector of mines the motor shall be controlled by a
switchgear to disconnect automatically the supply in the event of conditions of
over-current, over-voltage and single phasing."
[28] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(9)
Any such disconnection or reconnection of the supply shall be noted in the log
sheet which shall be maintained in the form set out in Schedule-XIII and shall
be reported to the inspector of mines."
[29] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : - "Inspector"
[30] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : - "Inspector"
[31] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : - "Inspector"
[32] Substituted by the Central Electricity
Authority (Measures relating to Safety and Electric Supply) Amendment
Regulations, 2015 vide Notification No. CEI/1/2/2015 dated 13.04.2015 for the
following : -
"(2)The
Electrical Inspector or the inspector of mines may, by order in writing, allow
deviations in respect of matters referred in regulations 12 to 17, 28, 35(2)(3)
and (5), 36(3), 37(i) to (iv), 41(xii), 43, 44(2), 46, 52 to 54, 57 to 61, 65,
72, 74, 78 to 91, 102, 107(6), (8) and (10) and 114
Explanation-
Every order allowing the deviations by the Electrical Inspector or the
Inspector of Mines under sub-regulation (2) shall be placed before the Central
or State Government which may disallow or revise such deviations."